-
1 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
2 τιμάω
Aτιμήσω 9.155
, etc., [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.τιμᾱσεῦντι Theoc.Ep.7.4
: [tense] aor.ἐτίμησα Hdt.8.124
, etc., [dialect] Ep. , Lyr.τίμᾱσα Pi.N.6.41
, B.12.194: [tense] pf.τετίμηκα Lys.26.17
, etc., [dialect] Dor.τετίμᾱκα Pi.I.4(3).37(55)
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. τιμήσομαι always in pass. sense, h.Ap. 485, A.Ag. 581, S.Ant. 210, E.Fr.360.49, Th.2.87, X.Cyr.8.7.15 (reading δι' ἄνδρα with codd. DF), Hier.9.9, exc. in Pl.Ap. 37b, where it is used in a technical sense (v. infr. 111.2): [tense] aor. ἐτιμησάμην in senses shared by [voice] Act., Od.19.280, 20.129, Il.22.235, Th.3.40; in sense 111.2, Pl.Cri. 52c:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.τιμηθήσομαι Th.6.80
, D.19.223, IG22.1182.9, etc.;τετιμήσομαι Lys.31.24
codd. ( τιμήσεται Cobet): [tense] aor.ἐτιμήθην Hdt.5.5
, etc.; Lyr. [ per.] 3pl.τίμᾱθεν Pi.Parth.2.41
: [tense] pf.τετίμημαι Il.12.310
, etc.; also [voice] Med. in technical sense, v. 111.2:—honour, revere, reverence (in this sense the [voice] Med. is used only by Hom.); of the honour rendered to superiors, as by men to gods, by men to their elders, rulers, or guests,περὶ κῆρι θεὸν ὣς τιμήσαντο Od.19.280
, etc.;τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου LXX Ex.20.12
, al.; conversely of the honour bestowed by gods upon a man, μερμήριζε (sc. Ζεὺς).., ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσῃ Il.2.4
, cf. 15.612, Od. 3.379; by a father on his son, 14.203, Hes.Th. 532; by an elder brother, Il.22.235 ([voice] Med.): also in Pi., Hdt., and [dialect] Att.,ἐξόχως τίμας εν Pi.O.9.69
;δαιμόνων τιμᾶν γένος A.Th. 236
;θεοὺς τιμῶντες S.OC 277
, cf. 1071 (lyr.), Hdt.2.29;σέβεσθαι καὶ τ. τοὺς θεούς X.Mem.4.3.13
;ἱλασκομένοις καὶ τιμῶσιν.. Δία Πατρώϊον SIG1044.6
(Halic., iv/iii B.C.); , cf. 516, E.Med. 660 (lyr.), Hdt.7.107, etc.;θεοὶ δ' ὅταν τιμῶσιν, οὐδὲν δεῖ φίλων E.HF 1338
: abs., οἱ τύραννοι μάλιστα δύνανται τιμᾶν bestow honours, D.20.15 ( τιμᾶν secl. Bake), cf. Pl.Lg. 631e: hence simply, reward, X.Cyr. 3.3.6, Isoc.9.42 (so in [voice] Pass., Hdt.7.213, Lys.12.64, 19.18); ἐπαινεῖν καὶ τ., τ. καὶ δωρεῖσθαι, δωρεῖσθαί τε καὶ τ., τ. καὶ χαρίζεσθαι, X.Cyr.1.2.12, 3.2.28, 8.2.10, 2.4.9: c. dat. modi, δωτίνῃσι θεὸν ὣς τιμήσουσι will honour him with gifts, Il.9.155;ξεῖνον ἐτιμήσασθ' ἐνὶ οἴκῳ εὐνῇ καὶ σίτῳ Od.20.129
; τιμᾶν τινα τάφῳ, γόοις, A.Th. 1051, Supp. 116 (lyr.);πόλιν τ. συμμάχῳ δορί Id.Eu. 773
;ἐσθήμασι Th.3.58
; ;δώροις X.An.1.9.14
, HG6.1.6;στρεπτοῖς καὶ ψελίοις τ. καὶ κοσμεῖν τινα Id.Cyr.1.3.3
:—[voice] Pass., mostly in [tense] pf. τετίμημαι, which alone is pass. in Hom., to be honoured, held in honour, Il.9.608, Od. 7.69;ἐτιμήθη παρὰ Ξέρξῃ Hdt.8.105
; , etc.;τετίμαται πρὸς ἀθανάτων Pi.I.4(3).59(77)
;σκήπτρῳ.. δῶκε τετιμῆσθαι περὶ πάντων Il.9.38
, cf. 12.310;τιμᾶσθαι προεδρίαις X.Vect.3.4
, cf. Cyr.8.4.2;ἐκ τοῦ πολεμεῖν Th.5.16
: c. acc. cogn. attracted to gen.,ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι ἐνηέος, οὐδέ σε λήθω, τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι Il.23.649
(but c. gen., τετειμημένος ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτοκρατόρων τετάρτης στρατείας ( = Lat. quattuor militiis) Supp.Epigr.7.145 (Palmyra, ii A.D.)); οἱ τετιμηυένοι men of rank, men in office, X.Cyr.8.3.9; οἱ τιμώμενοι ib. 8.8.4, cf. E.Or.[913]; τῆς πόλεως τὸ τιμώμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄρχειν the honour enjoyed by the city, Th.2.63.II of things, hold in honour or esteem, value, prize, h.Hom.25.6, Pi.O.6.72, etc.; τί τὴν τυραννίδα τιμᾷς ὑπέρφευ; E.Ph. 550; νόμους τ. Id.Tr. 1211; τὴν εὐσέβειαν, ἀγνωμοσύναν, Id. Ion 1046, Ba. 885 (lyr.); , cf. Pl.Tht. 149c;τὸ σωφρονεῖν τ. τοῦ βίου πλέον A.Supp. 1013
.2 c. gen. pretii, estimate or value at a certain price, Pl.Lg. 917c, 921b, PCair.Zen.269.13,15 (iii B.C.), UPZ67.3 (ii B.C.), etc.;πλοῖα τετιμημένα χρημάτων Th.4.26
: abs., τετιμῆσθαι ἕκαστον τὴν οὐσίαν χρεών that each man should have his property valued (for assessment), Pl.Lg. 955d, etc.;οἱ ὑπὲρ τὰς μυρίας τιμώμενοι δραχμάς Plb.6.23.15
; τὸ τιμηθέν the estimate, Pl. Lg. 954b:—freq. in [voice] Med., διακοσίων ταλάντων ἐτιμήσατο <τὰ> αὑτοῦ estimated his property at.., Lys.19.48, cf. PPetr.2 intr.p.33(iii B.C.); πρὸ παντὸς τιμᾶσθαί τι, like περὶ παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι (v.περί A.
IV), Th. 3.40, cf. 1.33; πλείονος, μείζονος τιμᾶσθαι, X.Mem.3.10.10, Cyr.2.1.13;τοσούτου τ. τὴν πολιτείαν D.22.45
; μίαν ἡδονὴν θανάτου τ. Plu. 2.5b: also with Preps., : without a gen.,ἐτιμήσαντο τήν τε χώραν καὶ τὰς οἰκίας Plb.2.62.7
: simply, value, estimate,ἐν προικί Is.3.35
, cf. D.47.57 ([voice] Pass.), 53.1; τινα LXX Le.27.8, Ev.Matt.27.9.3 rarely, award or give as an honour,Παιάν τέ σοι τιμᾷ φάος Pi.P.4.270
; ;ἐκείνῳ δυσσεβῆ τιμᾷς χάριν Id.Ant. 514
;πατρῴαν τιμῶν χάριν E.Or. 829
(lyr.): hence,1 in [voice] Act. (later in [voice] Med., PHal.1.201 (iii B.C.), D.L.2.41, etc.), of the court, estimate the amount of punishment due to the criminal, award the penalty,τιμάτω τὸ δικαστήριον, ὅ τι ἂν δέῃ πάσχειν.. τὸν ἡττηθέντα Pl.Lg. 843b
; τὴν ἀξίαν τῆς βλάβης ib. 879b; τ. τὰς βλάβας ib. 843d; τ. τὴν δίκην ib. 880d (cf. infr. 2c); ἅπασι τ. τὴν μακράν (sc. γραμμήν) award them the long line, i.e. sentence of death, Ar.V. 106, ubi v. Sch.: abs., ὡς ἐγὼ τιμᾶν βλέπω I carry penalty in my eyes, am itching for pains and penalties, ib. 847: the sentence or judgement awarded is added in the gen., τ. τινὶ θανάτου (sc. δίκην) give sentence of death against a man, condemn him to death, Lys.27.7 (cf. 8), Pl.Grg. 516a, D.24.103 ([voice] Pass.), 32.15; τ. τινὶ δέκα ταλάντων mulct him in ten talents, Id.58.31; τίνος τιμήσειν αὐτῷ προσδοκᾷς τὸ δικαστήριον; at what do you expect the court to fix his penalty? Id.21.151, cf. Pl.Ap. 37c; ἡ ἡλιαία τιμάτω περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτου ἂν δόξῃ ἄξιος εἶναι παθεῖν Lexap.D.21.47: c. acc. pers.,τιμάτωσαν αὐτὸν καθ' ὅτι ἂν δοκῇ τῷ κοινῷ IG22.1275.16
:—[voice] Pass., τιμᾶσθαι ἀργυρίου to be condemned to a fine, τινος for a thing, Lys.6.22, Lex ap.D.21.47; ἐὰν.. ᾖ τῳ θανάτου τετιμημένον if sentence of death has been passed upon one, Pl.Lg. 946e, cf. Antipho 6.38.2 in [voice] Med., of the parties before the court,a of the accuser, τιμᾶταί μοι ὁ ἀνὴρ θανάτου (sc. τὴν δίκην ) he estimates the penalty at death (gen. pretii) for me, Pl.Ap. 36b;εἰ βούλοιτο θανάτου σοι τιμᾶσθαι Id.Grg. 486b
, cf. D. 25.74,83, etc.b of the person accused (cf. ἀντιτιμάω, ὑποτιμάω) , τιμήσεσθαι τοιούτου τινὸς ἐμαυτῷ estimate the penalty for myself at so high a rate, Pl.Ap. 37b, cf. 38b;ἐξῆν σοι φυγῆς τιμήσασθαι Id.Cri. 52c
;ἔδησεν ἑαυτὸν τιμησάμενος δεσμοῦ Lys.6.21
: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass.,θανάτου τετιμημένος ἑαυτῷ Din.1.1
:—Arist.Rh. 1375a1 uses the [voice] Act. in this sense.c the acc. of δίκη or of the offence is added,πέντε μυριάδων τιμησάμενος τὴν δίκην Plu.Cic.8
, cf. Lys.13, D.L.2.42;θανάτου τιμῶμαι τὰ πεπολιτευμένα ἐμαυτῷ Plu.Phoc.34
. -
3 ἐμπίμπλημι
Aἐμπιπλεῖς Hp.Morb.2.14
, part. - πιπλῶν ib.12; [ per.] 3sg.ἐμπιπλέει Hdt.7.39
(with vv.ll. -πιπλεῖ, -πιπλᾷ): [ per.] 1sg. [tense] impf.ἐνεπίμπλων D.C.68.31
: [tense] fut. : [tense] aor. ἐνέπλησα, [dialect] Ep.subj.ἐνιπλήσῃς Od.19.117
: [tense] pf. ἐμπέπληκα (v. infr.):— fill quite full,ἐν ὦν ἔπλησαν τοῦ νεκροῦ τὴν κοιλίην Hdt.2.87
; τὸ πεδίον, τὴν ὁδόν, X. HG7.1.20, 2.4.11.2 c. gen., fill full of a thing,ἐμπίπληθι ῥέεθρα ὕδατος Il.21.311
, etc.;δέπας ὕδατος Od.9.209
; [ἵππον] ἀνδρῶν ἐμπλήσας 8.495
;μὴ.. θυμὸν ἐνιπλήσῃς ὀδυνάων 19.117
;ἐ. [τὰ θυλάκια] τῆς ψάμμου Hdt.3.105
, cf.4.72, 5.114; τοὺς κοφίνους.. ἐμπίμπλη (imper.) ;ἐ. ἵππων τὸν ἱππόδρομον X.Eq.Mag.3.10
: metaph.,τὴν ψυχὴν ἔρωτος Pl.Phdr. 255d
;τινὰ ἐλπίδων κενῶν Aeschin. 1.171
.b metaph.,ἐ. τινὰ μύθων E.Hel. 769
;τοῦ πολεμεῖν Isoc.9.63
; ;ἐρώτων.. ἐμπίμπλησιν ἡμᾶς Id.Phd. 66c
;ἐμπιμπλὰς ἁπάντων τὴν γνώμην X.An.1.7.8
.II [voice] Med. (with [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.),ἐμπίμπλαμαι E. Ion 925
;ἐμπιμπλάμενος Cratin.142
, Pherecr.80, Epicur.Nat.117G.: [tense] impf.ἐνεπιμπλάμην X.An.7.7.46
, Aeschin.3.230, etc.: later [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεπιμπλῶντο D.S.34
/5.2.29:— fill for oneself or what is one's own,ἐμπλήσατο νηδύν Od.9.296
; μένεος ἐμπλήσατο θυμόν he filled his heart with rage, Il.22.312; θαλέων ἐμπλησάμενος κῆρ ib. 504; τὸ ἄγγος τοῦ ὕδατος ἐ. Hdt.5.12.2 abs., eat oneself full, eat one's fill,ἐνιπλησθῆναι ἀνώγει Od.7.221
, cf. Hdt.8.117, Ar.V. 911, X.Mem.1.3.6, etc.: metaph., ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἐνέπληντο ( ἐνεπέπληντο codd.) Lys.28.6.III [voice] Pass., [tense] aor.1 ἐνεπλήσθην (v. infr.): [tense] aor. 2 , 1304, prob. in Lys. 28.6; opt. ἐμπλῄμην (v. infr.): [tense] plpf. ἐνεπεπλήμην f.l. in Lys. l.c., lateἐμπέπληστο Max.Tyr.18.7
;ἐνέπλησθεν δέ οἱ.. αἵματος ὀφθαλμοί Il.16.348
;δακρύων τὰ ὄμματα X.Cyr.5.5.10
;ἔμπληντο βροτῶν ἀγοραί Od.8.16
;πόλις δ' ἔμπλητο ἀλέντων Il.21.607
;ἐνέπλητο πολλῶν κἀγαθῶν Ar.V. 1304
; φακῆς ἐμπλήμενος ib. 984, cf.Ec.56: metaph., υἷος ἐνιπλησθῆναι.. ὀφθαλμοῖσιν to take my fill of my son with my eyes, i.e. to sate myself with looking on him, Od.11.452; ;πλεονεξίας ἐμπίμπλασθαι Pl.Criti. 121b
.2 c. dat., ἀμπελίνῳ καρπῷ ἐ. to be filled with.., Hdt.1.212;ἐμπιπλάμενοι πυριάτῃ Cratin.142
;ἐμπίπλαται.. αἵματι ὁ βωμός Paus.3.16.10
.3 c. part., , cf. Ion 925;βάλλων.. οὐκ ἂν ἐμπλῄμην Ar.Ach. 236
;οὐκ ἐνεπίμπλασο ὑπισχνούμενος X.An.7.7.46
; ἔμπλησο λέγων speak thy fill, Ar.V. 603.—The two last constructions are post-Homeric. (Freq. written - πίπλ-, but the evidence of the best codd. of [dialect] Att. writers is in favour of - πίμπλ-.)Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐμπίμπλημι
-
4 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14. -
5 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
6 ἐκ
ἐκ, before a vowel [full] ἐξ, alsoAἐξ τῳ ϝοίκῳ Inscr.Cypr. 135.5
H., in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. before ς ξ ζ ρ and less freq. λ ; ἐγ- in Inscrr. before β γ δ λ μ ν ; Cret. and [dialect] Boeot. [full] ἐς Leg.Gort.2.49, Corinn.Supp.2.67 ; ἐχ freq. in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. before χ φ θ (and in early Inscrr. before ς, IG12.304.20) ; also ἐ Ναυπάκτω ib.9(1).334.8 ([dialect] Locr.) ; (ἐτ is for ἐπὶ in ib 9(2).517.14 (Thess.)):—Prep. governing GEN. only (exc. in Cypr. and Arc., c. dat., Inscr.Cypr.135.5 H. ([place name] Idalium), (in form ἐς) IG5(2).6.49 (Tegea, iv B.C.)):—radical sense, from out of, freq. also simply, from.I OF PLACE, the most freq. usage, variously modified:1 of Motion, out of, forth from, , cf.Pl.Prt. 321c, etc. ;μάχης ἔκ Il.17.207
;ἂψ ἐκ δυσμενέων ἀνδρῶν 24.288
; ἐξ ὀχέων, ἐξ ἕδρης, 3.29, 19.77 ;φεύγειν ἐκ πολέμοιο 7.119
;ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων ἐλθεῖν X.Cyr.6.2.9
;ἐκ χειρῶν γέρας εἵλετο Il.9.344
, cf. S.Ph. 1287 (but ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν or παίειν to strike with a spear in the hand, opp. ἀντιτοξεύειν or ἀκοντίζειν, X.An.3.3.15, Cyr.4.3.16 ; ἐκ χειρὸς τὴν μάχην ποιεῖσθαι ib.6.2.16, cf. 6.3.24, etc.) ; ἐκ χρυσῶν φιαλῶν πίνειν ib.5.3.3 ;ἐξ ἀγορᾶς ὠνεῖσθαι Pl.Com.190
.2 ἐκ θυμοῦ φίλεον I loved her from my heart, with all my heart, Il.9.343 ;ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀσπάσασθαι X.Oec.10.4
;μέγαν ἐκ θυμοῦ κλάζοντες Ἄρη A.Ag.48
(anap.) ;δακρυχέων ἐκ φρενός Id.Th. 919
(anap.) ;οὐδὲν ἐκ σαυτῆς λέγεις S.El. 344
; ἐξ εὐμενῶν στέρνων δέχεσθαι receive with kindly heart, Id.OC 486 ; ; ὀρθὸς ἐξ ὀρθῶν δίφρων with chariot still upright, Id.El. 742 ;ἐξ ἀκινήτου ποδός Id.Tr. 875
;ἐξ ἑνὸς ποδός Id.Ph.91
.3 to denote change or succession, freq. with an antithetic repetition of the same word, δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ one evil comes from (or after) another, Il.19.290 ;ἐκ φόβου φόβον τρέφω S.Tr.28
; πόλιν ἐκ πόλεως ἀμείβειν, ἀλλάττειν, Pl. Sph. 224b, Plt. 289e ;λόγον ἐκ λόγου λέγειν D.18.313
;πόρους ἐκ πόρων ὑπισχνούμενοι Alciphr.1.8
;ἀπαλλάττειν τινὰ ἐκ γόων S.El. 291
;ἐκ κακῶν πεφευγέναι Id.Ant. 437
: hence, instead of,τυφλὸς ἐκ δεδορκότος Id.OT 454
;λευκὴν..ἐκ μελαίνης ἀμφιβάλλομαι τρίχα Id.Ant. 1093
; , cf. X. An.7.7.28, etc.4 to express separation or distinction from a number, ἐκ πολέων πίσυρες four out of many, Il.15.680 ;μοῦνος ἐξ ἁπάντων σωθῆναι Hdt.5.87
; εἶναι ἐκ τῶν δυναμένων to be one of the wealthy, Pl.Grg. 525e ; ἐμοὶ ἐκ πασέων Ζεὺς ἄλγε' ἔδωκεν to me out of (i.e. above) all, Il. 18.431, cf. 432 ;ἐκ πάντων μάλιστα 4.96
, cf. S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.), etc. ; redundant,εἷς τῶν ἐκ τῶν φίλων σου LXX Jd.15.2
.5 of Position, outside of, beyond, chiefly in early writers, ἐκ βελέων out of shot, Il.14.130, etc. ; ἐκ καπνοῦ out of the smoke, Od.19.7 ; ἐκ πατρίδος banished from one's country, 15.272 ; ἐκ μεσου κατῆστο sate down apart from the company, Hdt.3.83 ; ἐξ ἠθέων τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατεῖλαι out of its accustomed quarters, Id.2.142; ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν out of sight, Id.5.24 ; ἐξ ὁδοῦ out of the road, S.OC 113.6 with Verbs of Rest, where previous motion is implied, on, in, δαῖέ οἱ ἐκ κόρυθος..πῦρ lighted a fire from (i.e. on) his helmet, Il.5.4 ; ἐκ ποταμοῦ χρόα νίζετο washed his body in the river ( with water from the river), Od.6.224 : freq. with Verbs signifying hang or fasten, σειρήν..ἐξ οὐρανόθεν κρεμάσαντες having hung a chain from heaven, Il.8.19 ; ἐκ πασσαλόφι κρέμασεν φόρμιγγα he hung his lyre from (i.e. on) the peg, Od.8.67 ; ἀνάπτεσθαι ἔκ τινος fasten from i.e. upon) a thing, 12.51 ;μαχαίρας εἶχον ἐξ ἀργυρέων τελαμώνων Il.18.598
; πρισθεὶς ἐξ ἀντύγων gripped to the chariot-rail, S.Aj. 1030, etc.; ἐκ τοῦ βραχίονος ἵππον ἐπέλκουσα leading it [ by a rein] upon her arm, Hdt.5.12 : with Verbs signifying hold, lead, ἐξ ἐκείνων ἔχειν τὰς ἐλπίδας to have their hopes dependent upon them, Th.1.84 ; ἐκ χειρὸς ἄγειν lead by the hand, Bion Fr.7.2 ; ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπεσθαι ib.6.2 ;ἐκ τῆς οὐρᾶς λαμβάνεσθαι Luc.Asin.23
: with the Art. indicating the place of origin, οἱ ἐκ τῶν νήσων κακοῦργοι the robbers of the islands, Th.1.8, cf. 2.5, 13 ; τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας those in the sea-fight, Pl. Ap. 32b ; τοὺς ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν those in the tents, D.18.169 ;ἁρπασόμενοι τὰ ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν X.Cyr.7.2.5
;οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου ἔθεον Id.An. 4.6.25
: even with Verbs of sitting or standing, εἰσεῖδε στᾶσ' ἐξ Οὐλύμποιο from Olympus where she stood, Il.14.154 ; καθῆσθαι ἐκ πάγων to sit on the heights and look from them, S.Ant. 411 ;στὰς ἐξ ἐπάλξεων ἄκρων E.Ph. 1009
; ἐκ βυθοῦ at the bottom, Theoc.22.40 : phrases, ἐκ δεξιᾶς, ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς, on the right, left, X.Cyr.8.3.10, etc.; οἱ ἐξ ἐναντίας, οἱ ἐκ πλαγίοὐ ib.7.1.20 ; ἐκ θαλάσσης, opp. ἐκ τῆς μεσογείας, D.18.301.7 νικᾶν ἔκ τινος win a victory over.., Apoc.15.2.II OF TIME, elliptic with Pron. relat. and demonstr., ἐξ οὗ [ χρόνου] since, Il.1.6, Od.2.27, etc.; in apod., ἐκ τοῦ from that time, Il.8.296 ;ἐκ τούτου X.An.5.8.15
, etc. (but ἐκ τοῖο thereafter, Il.1.493, and ἐκ τούτων or ἐκ τῶνδε usu. after this, X.Mem.2.9.4, S.OT 235) ;ἐξ ἐκείνου Th.2.15
; ἐκ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) for a long time, Id.1.68, etc.;ἐκ πλέονος χρόνου Id.8.45
; ἐκ πλείστου ib.68 ; ἐξ ὀλίγου at short notice, Id.2.11 (but also a short time since, Plu.Caes.28) ;ἐκ παλαιοῦ X.Mem.3.5.8
;ἐκ παλαιτάτου Th.1.18
.2 of particular points of time,ἐκ νεότητος..ἐς γῆρας Il.14.86
;ἐκ γενετῆς 24.535
; ἐκ νέου, ἐκ παιδός, from boyhood, Pl.Grg. 510d, R. 374c, etc.;ἐκ μικροῦ παιδαρίου D.53.19
; , etc.; καύματος ἔξ after hot weather, Il.5.865; νέφος ἔρχεται οὐρανὸν εἴσω αἰθέρος ἐκ δίης after clear weather, 16.365 ;ἐκ δὲ αἰθρίης καὶ νηνεμίης συνδραμεῖν ἐξαπίνης νέφεα Hdt.1.87
; so (like ἀπό II) ἐκ τῆς θυσίης γενέσθαι to have just finished sacrifice, ib.50, etc.; ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου after breakfast, X.An.4.6.21 ; ἐξ εἰρήνης πολεμεῖν to go to war after peace, Th. 1.120 ;γελάσαι ἐκ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν δακρύων X.Cyr.1.4.28
; ;τὴν θάλασσαν ἐκ Διονυσίων πλόϊμον εἶναι Thphr.Char.3.3
; ἐκ χειμῶνος at the end of winter, Plu. Nic.20.3 at, in,ἐκ νυκτῶν Od.12.286
;ἐκ νυκτός X.Cyr.1.4.2
, etc.; ;ἐκ μέσω ἄματος Theoc.10.5
; ἐκ τοῦ λοιποῦ or ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν for the future, X.Smp.4.56, Pl.Lg. 709e.III OF ORIGIN,1 of Material, out of or of which things are made,γίγνεταί τι ἔκ τινος Parm.8.12
;ποιέεσθαι ἐκ ξύλων τὰ πλοῖα Hdt.1.194
;πίνοντας ἐκ κριθῶν μέθυ A.Supp. 953
;εἶναι ἐξ ἀδάμαντος Pl.R. 616c
;ἐκ λευκῶ ἐλέφαντος αἰετοί Theoc.15.123
;στράτευμα ἀλκιμώτατον ἂν γένοιτο ἐκ παιδικῶν X.Smp.8.32
; συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προσιόντων formed line of battle from the troops as they marched up, Id.An.1.8.14.2 of Parentage, ἔκ τινος εἶναι, γενέσθαι, etc., Il. 20.106,6.206, etc.; ἐκ γὰρ ἐμεῦ γένος ἐσσί (where γένος is acc. abs.) 5.896 ;σῆς ἐξ αἵματός εἰσι γενέθλης 19.111
;ὦ παῖ πατρὸς ἐξ Ἀχιλλέως S.Ph. 260
;πίρωμις ἐκ πιρώμιος Hdt.2.143
;ἀγαθοὶ καὶ ἐξ ἀγαθῶν Pl.Phdr. 246a
;τὸν ἐξ ἐμῆς μητρός S.Ant. 466
, etc.3 of Place of Origin or Birth,ἐκ Σιδῶνος..εὔχομαι εἶναι Od.15.425
, cf. Th.1.25, etc.;ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί Ev.Jo.8.23
; ἡ ἐξ Ἀρείου πάγου βουλή the Areopagus, Arist.Ath.4.4, etc. ;οἱ ἐκ τῆς διατριβῆς ταύτης Aeschin.1.54
; οἱ ἐκ τοῦ Περιπάτου the Peripatetics, Luc.Pisc.43 ; ὁ ἐξ Ἀκαδημείας the Academic, Ath.1.34b ;οἱ ἐκ πίστεως Ep.Gal.3.7
;οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας Ep.Rom.2.8
.4 of the Author or Occasion of a thing, ὄναρ, τιμὴ ἐκ Διός ἐστιν, Il.1.63,2.197, cf. Od.1.33, A.Pers. 707, etc.; θάνατος ἐκ μνηστήρων death by the hand of the suitors, Od.16.447 ; τὰ ἐξ Ἑλλήνων τείχεα walls built by them, Hdt.2.148 ; κίνημα ἐξ αὑτοῦ spontaneous motion, Plot.6.1.21 ;ὕμνος ἐξ Ἐρινύων A.Eu. 331
(lyr.) ;ἡ ἐξ ἐμοῦ δυσβουλία S.Ant.95
;ὁ ἐξ ἐμοῦ πόθος Id.Tr. 631
.5 with the agent after [voice] Pass. Verbs, by, Poet. and early Prose, ἐφίληθεν ἐκ Διός they were beloved of (i.e.by) Zeus, Il.2.669 ; κήδε' ἐφῆπται ἐκ Διός ib. 70;προδεδόσθαι ἐκ Πρηξάσπεος Hdt.3.62
;τὰ λεχθέντα ἐξ Ἀλεξάνδρου Id.7.175
, cf. S.El. 124 (lyr.), Ant.93, Th.3.69, Pl.Ti. 47b;ἐξ ἁπάντων ἀμφισβητήσεται Id.Tht. 171b
;ὁμολογουμένους ἐκ πάντων X.An.2.6.1
; , cf. Pl.Ly. 204c : with neut. Verbs,ἐκ..πατρὸς κακὰ πείσομαι Od.2.134
, cf. A.Pr. 759 ;τλῆναί τι ἔκ τινος Il.5.384
;θνήσκειν ἔκ τινος S.El. 579
, OT 854, etc.;τὰ γενόμενα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Hdt.1.1
.6 of Cause, Instrument, or Means by which a thing is done, ἐκ πατέρων φιλότητος in consequence of our fathers' friendship, Od.15.197 ;μήνιος ἐξ ὀλοῆς 3.135
;ἐξ ἔριδος Il. 7.111
;τελευτῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ τρώματος Hdt.3.29
; ἐκ τίνος λόγου; E. Andr. 548 ; ἐκ τοῦ; wherefore? Id.Hel.93 ;λέξον ἐκ τίνος ἐπλήγης X. An.5.8.4
; ποιεῖτε ὑμῖν φίλους ἐκ τοῦ Μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας make yourselves friends of (i.e. by means of).., Ev.Luc.16.9 ;ζῆν ἔκ τινος X. HG3.2.11
codd.;ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων τρέφειν ἐμαυτόν Isoc.15.152
; (lyr.).7 in accordance with, ἐκ τῶνλογίων Hdt.1.64
;ὁ ἐκ τῶν νόμων χρόνος D.24.28
;ἐκ κελεύματος A. Pers. 397
, cf. Sophr.25 ;ἐκ τῶν ξυγκειμένων Th.5.25
; ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ib.40, etc.;ἐκ τῶν ἔργων κρινόμενοι X.Cyr.2.2.21
, cf. A.Pr. 485.8 freq. as periphr. for Adv.,ἐκ προνοίας IG12.115.11
; ἐκ βίας by force, S.Ph. 563 ; ;ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ζητεῖν Pl.R. 499a
: esp. with neut. Adjs., ἐξ ἀγχιμόλοιο, = ἀγχίμολον, Il.24.352 ;ἐκ τοῦ ἐμφανέος Hdt.3.150
; ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ, ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς, Th.4.106, 6.73 ;ἐκ προδήλου S.El. 1429
; ἐξ ἴσου, ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου, Id.Tr. 485, Th.2.3 ;ἐξ ἀέλπτου Hdt.1.111
, etc.: with fem. Adj.,ἐκ τῆς ἰθέης Id.3.127
;ἐκ νέης Id.5.116
;ἐξ ὑστέρης Id.6.85
;ἐκ τῆς ἀντίης Id.8.6
;ἐκ καινῆς Th.3.92
;ἐξ ἑκουσίας S.Tr. 727
; ἐκ ταχείας ib. 395.9 of Number or Measurement, with numerals, ἐκ τρίτων in the third place, E.Or. 1178, Pl.Grg. 500a, Smp. 213b ; distributively, apiece, Ath.15.671b.b of Price,ἐξ ὀκτὼ ὀβολῶν SIG2587.206
; ἐκ τριῶν δραχμῶν ib.283 ;συμφωνήσας ἐκ δηναρίου Ev.Matt.20.2
.c of Weight,ἐπιπέμματα ἐξ ἡμιχοινικίου Inscr.Prien.362
(iv B.C.).d of Space, θινώδης ὢν ὁ τόπος ἐξ εἴκοσι σταδίων by the space of twenty stades, Str.8.3.19.B ἐκ is freq. separated from its CASE, Il.11.109, etc.—It takes an accent in anastrophe, 14.472, Od.17.518.—[dialect] Ep. use it with Advbs. in -θεν, ἐξ οὐρανόθεν, ἐξ ἁλόθεν, ἐξ Αἰσύμηθεν, Il.17.548, 21.335, 8.304 ; ;ἐκ πρῴρηθεν Theoc.22.11
.—It is combined with other Preps. to make the sense more definite, as διέκ, παρέκ, ὑπέκ.2 to express completion, like our utterly, ἐκπέρθω, ἐξαλαπάζω, ἐκβαρβαρόω, ἐκδιδάσκω, ἐκδιψάω, ἐκδωριεύομαι, ἐξοπλίζω, ἐξομματόω, ἔκλευκος, ἔκπικρος.D As ADVERB, therefrom, Il.18.480. -
7 ὑπόθεσις
A proposal, proposed action,τὴν ἐν φίλοις δικαιοτάτην ὑ. ἔχω ὑποτιθέναι X.Cyr.5.5.13
;ἵνα σὺ τὰ σαυτοῦ κατὰ τὴν ὑ. ὅπως ἂν βούλῃ περαίνῃς Pl.Grg. 454c
; intention, policy,πολλὰ πρᾶξαι πρὸς τὴν ὑ. τῆς πατρίδος ὡς συχνῆς ἀδικίας δεομένην Thphr.Fr. 136
;διὰ τὴν ὑ. τῆς πολιτείας.. ἠναγκάζετο χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑπουργοῦσι Plu.Caes.51
; πρὸς ὑ. τινα ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν men good for a particular policy, Arist.Pol. 1293b4; ὑ. τῆς δημοκρατικῆς πολιτείας ἐλευθερία ib. 1317a40; ἡμῖν ἡ τῶν νόμων ὑ. ἐνταῦθα ἔβλεπεν, ὅπως .. Pl.Lg. 743c;περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν οὐχ ὁμοίως ἅπασι βουλευτέον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἂν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἕκαστοι τοῦ βίου ποιήσωνται τὴν ὑ. Isoc.6.90
;τοῖς φαύλοις ἐνδέχεται τὰ τυχόντα πράττειν· εὐθὺς γὰρ τοῦ βίου τοιαύτην πεποίηνται τὴν ὑ. Id.1.48
;ἀνάγκη τοῖς περὶ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων καλὰς τὰς ὑ. πεποιημένοις καὶ τὰ μέρη τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἔχειν ἐκείνοις Id.7.28
;πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑ. ἀποβλέποντες ἄμεινον βουλευσόμεθα καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων Id.8.18
;ἐξέστητε τῆς ὑ. ἐφ' ἧς ὑμᾶς οἱ πρόγονοι κατέλιπον D.10.46
; οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑ. προεστῶτες those who advocated the same policy, Plb.30.32.12;ἅπαντας ἀπονεύσειν ἐπ' ἐκείνην τὴν ὑ. Id.24.9.7
; Ἀχαϊκωτέραν εἶναι.. ταύτην τὴν ὑ. καὶ νικητικωτέραν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς ib.4;τὸ τῆς ἰδίας ὑ. λαμπρόν Id.21.23.1
;τὸ τῶν σαρισῶν μέγεθός ἐστι κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑ. ἑκκαίδεκα πηχῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἁρμογὴν τὴν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν δεκατεττάρων Id.18.29.2
;τηροῦντες τὴν αὑτῶν ὑ. Id.5.5.5
;πρὸς ταύτην ἁρμοζόμενοι τὴν ὑ. Id.3.16.1
, cf. 3.50.7; κατασκέψασθαι τὴν τῶν ὑπεναντίων ἐπίνοιαν καὶ τὴν ὅλην ὑ. ib.6;Φάβιος.. κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑ. οὐδαμῶς κρίνων ἐκκυβεύειν οὐδὲ παραβάλλεσθαι τοῖς ὅλοις Id.3.94.4
.2 suggestion, advice,ἐδώκαμεν ἄν σοι ὑποθέσεις δι' ὧν οἱ ἀντίδικοι ἂν οἴμωζον PMich.Zen.57.7
(iii B. C.);διελέγοντο.. κατὰ τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς Ἀράτου καὶ τὰς ὑ. Plb. 2.48.8
, cf. 2.52.6, 4.24.2;κροτηθείσης τῆς ὑ. Id.28.16.5
; πολυτέχνους ὑ. ἔργων elaborate proposals for works, Plu.Per.12.3 purpose, ;λόγῳ μὲν ἀποδώσων.., ἑτέραν δὲ τῆς ἀποδημίας ἔχων ὑ. λανθάνουσαν τοὺς πολλούς Id.Mar.31
;ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς αἰτίας τῆς τε ὑ. τοῦ πολέμου ἀξιολογώτατος ἀγὼν συνηνέχθη D.C.41.56
;ὑ. τοῦ πολέμου καὶ πρόφασιν διδόντων ἐλευθεροῦν τοὺς Ἕλληνας Plu.Flam.15
;τὸ χωρὶς ὑποθέσεως πολεμεῖν.. τί ἄλλο ἢ μανία; D.Chr.38.17
; [οἱ ἐλέφαντες] ἴσασι τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὴν ὑ... εἶναι.. τοὺς ὀδόντας Ael.NA6.56
.4 occasion, excuse, pretext,οὕτω γὰρ ἂν αὐτοῖς ἡ ἀπολογία προαναιροῖτο καὶ ἡ πρώτη ὑ. τῆς ἐθελοδουλείας Luc.Merc.Cond.5
; τοιαύτης αὐτοῖς τῆς ὑ. οὔσης ib.10;ἀεὶ χρὴ ἐπί τινι λυπεῖσθαι καὶ μὴ ἄνευ ὑ. Artem.
2.60;ὑ. ἀργυρισμοῦ καὶ φόνων εἰληφέναι ἐδόκει D.C.63.26
;μή με νομίσῃς ἀπὸ τῆς παρούσης ὑ. ἀπαρτᾶν τὸν λόγον Id.52.18
.5 actor's role,τοὺς ὑποκριτὰς.. οὓς ὁρῶμεν οὔτε κλαίοντας ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις, ὡς αὐτοὶ θέλουσιν, ἀλλ' ὡς ὁ ἀγὼν ἀπαιτεῖ πρὸς τὴν ὑ. Plu.Dem.22
;ὶδεῖν τί μου ποιεῖ ὁ ἀθλητής, πῶς μελετᾷ τὴν ὑ. Arr.Epict.1.29.38
, cf. 41;τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῆς μητρὸς ὑ. λαβεῖν Iamb.VP8.39
.6 function, occupation, station in life, [Διονύσιος] ἐκ σημοτικῆς καὶ ταπεινῆς ὑ. ὁρμηθείς Plb.15.35.2
; [Ἀγαθοκλῆς] ὁρμηθεὶς ἀπὸ τοιαύτης ὑ. Id.12.15.7
;τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἄλλην βίου ὑ. εἰς τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν οὕτως ἐπιτήδειον ὡς ταύτην ἐν ᾗ νῦν ὢν τυγχάνεις M.Ant.11.7
, cf. 8.1, Paul. Aeg.3.17.7 practical problem,κοινὴ ἡ ὑ. καὶ τῷ καθ' ἡμᾶς βίῳ πάνυ πολλή, βαλανείου κατασκευή Luc.Hipp.4
;ἡ μὲν οὖν ὑ. τοιαύτη HeroAut.21.2
.II subject proposed ( to oneself or another) for discussion,κελεῦσαι τὴν πρώτην ὑ. τοῦ πρώτου λόγου ἀναγνῶναι Pl. Prm. 127d
;ἐπὶ τὴν ὑ. ἐπανάγειν τὸν λόγον X.Mem.4.6.13
;ἐπὶ τὴν ὑ. πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν Isoc.4.63
, cf. Gal.6.124;τὴν ὑ. περὶ ἧς βουλεύεσθε οὐχὶ τὴν οὖσαν παριστάντες D.3.1
;τοὺς δικαστὰς ἀπαγαγὼν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑ. Id.19.242
;ἐπὶ τῆς ὑ. μεῖναι Aeschin.3.76
;ἔξω τῆς ὑ. λέγειν Isoc.7.63
, cf. 12.161;μὴ πόρρω λίαν τῆς ὑ. ἀποπλανηθῶ Id.7.77
, cf. 12.88, Aeschin. 3.176,190;ὅτ' ἔγραφον περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑ. Isoc.5.83
;περὶ [τῆς πόλεως] τὴν ὑ. ποιησάμενος Id.12.35
;τοῦ πράγματος ἐν κεφαλαίῳ.. δήλωσις, ἵνα γινώσκωσι περὶ ὧν ὁ λόγος παρακολουθῶσί τε τῇ ὑ. Arist.Rh.Al. 1436a36
, cf. Pl.Def. 415b;ἡ ὑ. ἐλάττων Arist.Rh. 1404b15
; πρὸς ὑπόθεσιν λέγειν, opp. πρὸς ἀμφισβητοῦντα, ib. 1391b13;πολλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑ. οἰκείως διαλεχθείς D.S.13.53
; haec erat ὑ., de gravitate ordinis, etc., Cic.Att.1.14.4.2 case at law, lawsuit,γράφει ὁ Μαιίστας εἰς τὴν ὑ. ταύτην IG11(4).1299.29
(Delos, iii B. C.), cf. OGI665.18,669.41 (both Egypt, i A. D.), POxy. 237 vii 34, viii 22 (ii A. D.), 486.26 (ii A. D.);τὰ περὶ ταύτης τῆς ὑ. πεπραγμένα PLips.34.18
(iv A. D.).3 subject of a poem or treatise, Zeno Stoic.1.23, Plb.1.2.1, D.H.Pomp.3, Longin. 38.2, Plu.Pomp.42, Luc.Charid.14, Pseudol.5, al.; of a picture, Id.Zeux.5,7; of an impromptu declamation,ἐπειδὰν οἱ παρόντες ὑποβάλωσί τινας ὑ. καὶ ἀφορμὰς λόγου Id.Rh.Pr.18
; plot, story,μῦθοι καὶ ὑποθέσεις Phld.Po.2.62
, cf. 5.5, al., Arg.Men.Oxy.1235.113 (ii A. D.), Dicaearch. ap. S.E.M.3.3, Artem.4.59, Sch.S.Aj.Prooem., Arg.Ar. Ach. tit., etc.4 speech,αἱ δικανικαὶ καὶ δημηγορικαὶ ὑ. Theon Prog.1
; = ἐπίδειξις 1.3, ἀρξαμένων (v.l. -ῳ)τῆς ὑ. LXX 4 Ma.1.12
; ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὰς ὅλην πληρούσας ὑ. providing matter for a whole speech, Chor.p.34B.b speech or subject of a speech in which the person, occasion, etc. are particularized, opp. θέσις v. 2, Aphth.Prog. 13, cf. Quint.Inst.3.5.7.5 a kind of play or pantomime,μῖμοί τινές εἰσιν ὧν τοὺς μὲν ὑποθέσεις τοὺς δὲ παίγνια καλοῦσιν Plu.2.712e
; μιμολωγοι η υποθησις εικυρα (i. e. μιμολόγοι· ἡ ὑπόθεσις Ἑκυρά), i. e. 'theatrical performance: play, the Hecyra', Ath.Mitt.26.4 (inscr. on lamp, iii B. C.); κλάειν ἤρξαντο πάντες καὶ μετέβαλε τὸ συμπόσιον εἰς σκυθρωπὴν ὑ. into a tragedy, Charito 4.3; so perh. in Luc.Nigr.8; of Aesop's fables,χρῆται [τῇ ἀλώπεκι] ὁ Αἴσωπος διακόνῳ τῶν πλείστων ὑ. Philostr.Im.1.3
.III supposition,ἢ βούλεσθε.. ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ ἄρξωμαι καὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ ὑ., περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς αὐτοῦ ὑποθέμενος, εἴτε ἕν ἐστιν εἴτε μὴ ἕν, τί χρὴ συμβαίνειν; Pl.Prm. 137b
; αὕτη ἡ ὑ., εἰ ἓν μὴ ἔστιν ib. 160b; χρὴ.. μὴ μόνον εἰ ἔστιν ἕκαστον ὑποτιθέμενον σκοπεῖν τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἐκ τῆς ὑ., ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰ μὴ ἔστι τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὑποτίθεσθαι ib. 135e, cf. 136a; [σκοπεῖν] τί ἐφ' ἑκατέρας τῆς ὑ. συμβήσεται ib. 136b;εἰ ὀρθὴ ἡ ὑ. ἦν, τὸ ψυχὴν ἁρμονίαν εἶναι Id.Phd. 94b
, cf. 92d, Sph. 244c;πρὸς μὲν τὴν ὑ. ὀρθῶς λέγουσιν, ὅλως δ' οὐκ ὀρθῶς Arist. Metaph. 1082b32
; ἐξ ὑποθέσεως σκοπεῖσθαι examine by starting from an assumption, of reasoning by analysis in geometry, Pl.Men. 86e; τῶν τὴν τέχνην ζητεύντων ἐξ ὑποθέσιος λόγων arguments seeking to derive the (medical) art from an assumption, Hp.VM13; ὑ. αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς ὑποθέμενοι τῷ λόγῳ ib.1; ἄγοντες ἐπὶ ὑπόθεσιν τὴν τέχνην ib. 15;χρῆσιν ἀρετῆς τελείαν, καὶ ταύτην οὐκ ἐξ ὑ. ἀλλ' ἁπλῶς· λέγω δ' ἐξ ὑ. τἀναγκαῖα, οἷον.. τιμωρίαι καὶ κολάσεις.. τὸ καλῶς ἀναγκαίως ἔχουσι Arist.Pol. 1332810
; ἡ πολιτεία ἡ ἐξ ὑ. ( = ἡ δοθεῖσα ) the constitution based on a presupposition, ib. 1288b28; of currency, ἓν δή τι δεῖ εἶναι, τοῦτο δ' ἐξ ὑ.· διὸ νόμισμα καλεῖται according to a presupposed convention, Id.EN 1133b21 (cf. a29-31, APr. 41a40); of reductio ad impossibile,ἢ δεικτικῶς ἢ ἐξ ὑ. τοῦ δ' ἐξ ὑ. μέρος τὸ διὰ τοῦ ἀδυνάτου Id.APr. 40b25
-6, cf. 41a25;δυνατοῦ δεξάμενον ὑπόθεσιν ἐπ' ἀδύνατον ἀπαχθῆναι Arr.Epict.1.7.25
, cf. Procl. in Euc.pp.76,252 F.; καθ' ὑπόθεσιν by way of supposition, 'let us suppose', Phld.Rh. 1.95 S., Sign.12, Cleom.1.7.IV = τὸ ὑποκείμενον (cf.ὑπόκειμαι 11.8
), the presupposition of an action, that which has been settled before it begins,περὶ τοῦ τέλους οὐθεὶς βουλεύεται, ἀλλὰ τοῦτ' ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ καὶ ὑ. Arist.EE 1227a8
, cf. b30;τῶν πράξεων τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ὑ. ἀληθεῖς καὶ δικαίας εἶναι προσήκει D.2.10
; of a thing, that without which it cannot exist or be what it is, its essence, αὕτη (sc. τὸ στέλεχος)οἷον ὑ. καὶ φύσις δένδρων Thphr.HP4.13.4
(cf. οὐσία καὶ φύσις τοῦ δένδρου ibid.);ἐπὶ τοῖς χυμοῖς μόνοις σηπομένοις ἔχοντος τὴν ὑ. ὅλου τοῦ νοσήματος, ὅπερ ἐστὶ πυρετώδους ὄντος Gal.18(2).299
.2 in the syllogism, the preliminary statements of fact (whether proved or not) from which inference starts, i. e. the premisses ([etym.] προτάσεις) , τῶν ἀποδείξεων αἱ ὑ., equivalent to ἀρχαί, Arist.Metaph. 1013a16;αἱ ἀρχαὶ καὶ αἱ λεγόμεναι ὑ. Id.APo. 81b15
; ὅσα δέδεικται δι' ἐκείνων ὑποθέσεις ποιησάμενοι taking as premisses (here) what has been proved in those other works, Gal.6.7, cf. 25,224; ἴστω.. τῆς ὑγιεινῆς πραγματείας ἀνατρέπων τὴν ὑ. ib.17;ὑπόθεσιν, αἴτησιν οὖσαν πράγματος εἰς κατασκευήν τινος S.E.M.3.4
;λαμβάνειν ἀναποδείκτους ὑ. Plu.2.720f
, cf. 721d;ἀναγκαῖον ἢ τὰς ὑ. εἶναι τὰς πρώτας ψευδεῖς, ἢ τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν συμβαινόντων ἀποφάς εις Plb.1.15.9
, cf. 11.b assumption of existence of any one of the fundamental objects of a particular science,ὁ ὁρισμὸς θέσις μέν ἐστι.. ὑ. δ' οὐκ ἔστι· τὸ γὰρ τί ἐστι μονὰς καὶ τὸ εἶναι μονάδα οὐ ταὐτόν Arist.APo. 72a23
;ἐν ταῖς πράξεσι τὸ οὗ ἕνεκα ἀρχή, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς μαθηματικοῖς αἱ ὑ. Id.EN 1151a17
.3 starting-point,ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὑ. λαβεῖν τὸν λόγον τὴν εἰς ἑκάτερον μέρος ὁρμήν Iamb.VP27.130
; beginning, τὰς μὲν ἐλπίδας οὐ τελειοῖ (sc. ὁ ὄνειρος) , τὰς δὲ ὑ. τῶν πραγμάτων ταῖς περιοχαῖς ὁμοίας ποιεῖ (referring to a birth of twins which died), Artem.4.47.4 raw material,τὴν δοθεῖσαν ὑ. εὐφυᾶ πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν γυμναστικῆς.. ἀμείνω ἀποφαίνειν Luc.Hist. Conscr.35
;οἵαν ὕλην καὶ ὑ. φεύγεις·.. μένε οὖν μέχρι ἐξοικειώσῃς σαυτῷ καὶ ταῦτα M.Ant.10.31
.V mortgage, Thphr.Fr.97.1 (pl.).2 thing placed under, base, τὰς ὑ. (signf. 111)ποιούμενος οὐκ ἀρχὰς ἀλλὰ τῷ ὄντι ὑ., οἷον ἐπιβάσεις τε καὶ ὁρμάς Pl.R. 511b
, cf. Arr.Epict.1.7.22; in D.2.10 (v. supr. IV. 1) the ἀρχαί and ὑποθέσεις (i. e. basic principles) of actions are compared to the foundations ([etym.] τὰ κάτωθεν) of a house or a ship;Τριπτόλεμος.. τὰς πρώτας ὑ. βαλόμενος τῇ πόλει Lib.Or.11.52
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπόθεσις
-
8 μέσος
μέσος, η, ον, also Arc. (v. ἰμέσος, μεσακόθεν); [dialect] Ep. [full] μέσσος (also [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.1.12, IG11(4).1064b32, and Lyr., Pi.P.4.224, and sts. in Trag., E.HF 403 (lyr.), S.OC 1247 (lyr.), Tr. 635 (lyr.), Ant. 1223, 1236, Fr.255.5), [dialect] Boeot., Cret. [full] μέττος, IG7.2420.20 (iii B. C.), GDI 5000 iiA b 2 (v B. C.):—middle, in the middle,I of Space, esp. with Nouns, of the middle point or part,μ. σάκος Il.7.258
;ἱστίον 1.481
; οὐρανός zenith, Od.4.400; μ. ἀπήνης from mid chariot, S.OT 812; ἐν αἰθέρι μ. in mid-air, Id.Ant. 416; μ. μετώπῳ in the middle of the forehead, PRyl.128.30 (i A. D.): in Prose freq. preceding the Art.,κατὰ μέσον τὸν σταθμόν X.An.1.7.14
; ἐν μ. τῇ χώρᾳ ib.2.1.11; ἐκ μ. τῆς νήσου, κατὰ μ. τὴν νῆσον, Pl.Criti. 113d, 119d; ἐπὶ μέσου τοῦ τμάματος at the middle point of the segment, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ἁ ἐπὶ μέσαν τὰν βάσιν ἀγομένα (sc. εὐθεῖα) ib.12: sts. following the Noun,ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ μέσῃ D.29.12
: less freq. midmost, central, of three or more objects,μ. ὁδός Thgn.220
, 331; ὁ μ. [δάκτυλος] Pl.R. 523c; τὸ μ. στῖφος the central division of the army, X.An.1.8.13; μέσον, τό, centre,ἡ ἐπὶ τὸ μ. φορά Iamb.Protr.21
.b with a Verb, ἔχεται μ. by the middle, by the waist, prov. from the wrestling-ring, Ar.Eq. 387 (lyr.), cf. Ach. 571 (lyr.), Nu. 1047, Ra. 469;μέσην λαβόντα Id.Ach. 274
, cf. Hdt.9.107, D.53.17;ὁ πέπλος ἐρράγη μ. Philippid.25.5
.c c. gen., midway between,ἑνὸς καὶ πλήθους τὸ ὀλίγον μ. Pl.Plt. 303a
(also μ. ἐπ' ἀμφότερα, ibid.):—S. hasμέσος ἀπὸ [τοῦ κρατῆρος] τοῦ τε πέτρου OC 1595
.2 of Time, Hom. only in phrase μέσον ἦμαρ midday, Il.21.111, Od.7.288, Pi.P.9.113;μέσαι νύκτες Sapph.52
, Hdt.4.181, X. An.7.8.12, etc.;θέρευς ἔτι μέσσου ἐόντος Hes.Op. 502
;χειμῶνος μέσου Ar.Fr.569.1
;μ. ἡμέρα Hdn.8.5.9
; μ. ἡλικία middle age, Pl.Ep. 316c: soμέσοι τὴν ἡλικίαν E.Ep.5
; μέσος ἀκμῆς v.l. in Theoc.25.164.3 metaph., impartial, Th.4.83, PLond.1.113(1).27 (vi A.D.).b inter-mediate, freq. c. gen.,μ. τις γέγονα χρηματιστὴς τοῦ τε πάππου καὶ τοῦ πατρός Pl.R. 330b
;ψιλὸν μὲν τὸ π ¯, δασὺ δὲ τὸ φ ¯, μέσον δὲ ἀμφοῖν τὸ β ¯ D.H.Comp.14
(v. infr. d); ἡ τρίτη καὶ μ. τῶν εἰρημένων δυεῖν ἁρμονιῶν ib.24; ὁ μ. χαρακτήρ ib.21; indeterminate, Luc.Par.28; τὰ μ. things indifferent (neither good nor bad), Stoic.3.135, al.; of words such as τύχη, EM626.38; ζῴδια (neither lucky nor unlucky) Vett.Val.93.9;μ. δίαιτα Diocl.Fr.141
, cf.Sor.1.46.c Gramm., of Verbs, middle, Eust. 1846.30, etc.; μ. διάθεσις, σχήματα, A.D.Synt.226.10, 210.18; μ. ἐνεστώς present middle, ib.278.25.d Gramm., of consonants, Lat. mediae, i. e. β ¯ γ ¯ δ ¯, D.T.631.23: but also of semi-vowels, Pl.Phlb. 18c: of accent, ὀξύτητι καὶ βαρύτητι καὶ τῷ μέσῳ, i. e. the circumflex, Arist. Po. 1456b33.II middling, moderate,1 of size, μέσοι ὀφθαλμοί, ὦτα, γλῶττα, Id.HA 492a8,33, b31; μ. μεγέθει ib. 496a21, PPetr.1p.37 (iii B. C.); μ. alone, of middle height, PGrenf.2.23 (a) ii 3 (ii B. C.), POxy. 73.13 (i A. D.), etc.2 of class or quality,πάντων μέσ' ἄριστα Thgn. 335
; (lyr.);μ. ἐν πόλει Phoc.12
; μ. ἀνήρ a man of middle rank, Hdt.1.107;μ. πολίτης Th.6.54
;τὰ μ. τῶν πολιτῶν Id.3.82
(soτῶν ἀνὰ πόλιν τὰ μ. Pi.P.11.52
); οἱ μ., between οἱ εὔποροι and οἱ ἄποροι, Arist.Pol. 1289b31, 1295b3; οἱ μ. πολῖται ib. 1296a19; τὸ μ. ib. 1295b37; μ. [πολιτεία] ib. 1296a7;ὁ μ. βίος Luc.Luct.9
; mediocre, Pl.Prt. 346d; τῶν ἑταιρῶν αἱ μ. Theopomp. Com.21. Adv. μέσως, ἱκανόν fairly adequate, Phld.Rh.2.4S.III μέσον, τό, midst, intervening space, mostly with Preps.,a ἐν μέσσῳ, = ἐν μεταιχμίῳ, Il.3.69,90;ἐν τῷ μ.
in the midst,Ev.Matt.
14.6; ἡ 'ν μέσῳ [μοῖρα] σῴζει πόλεις the middle class, E.Supp. 244: withoutἐν, ἔμβαλε μέσσῳ Il.4.444
;ἔνθορε μέσσῳ 21.233
;μέσσῳ ἀμφοτέρων 3.416
, 7.277;τῶνδέ τ' ἐν μ. πεσεῖν E.Ph. 583
;ἐν μ. λόγους ἔχειν Id.Hel. 630
;μῆκος ἐν μ. χρόνου A.Supp. 735
;χρόνος οὑν μ. E.Ph. 589
(troch.); τὰ ἐν μ. what went between, S.OC 583; οἱ ἐν μ. λόγοι the intervening words, Id.El. 1364, E.Med. 819;κλίνης ἐν μ. Id.Hec. 1150
; ἐν μ. ἡμῶν καὶ βασιλέως between us and him, X.An.2.2.3;σοφίας καὶ ἀμαθίας ἐν μ. Pl.Smp. 203e
; ἐν μ. νυκτῶν at midnight, X.Cyr.5.3.52; ἆθλα κείμεν' ἐν μέσῳ offered for competition (cf. infr. b), D.4.5, cf. Thgn.994, X.An.3.1.21; ἡ τιμὴ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ ἔστω deposited with the court, Herod.2.90: without ἐν, καὶ μέσῳ πάντες καὶ χωρὶς ἕκαστος both collectively and severally, IG12(5).872.27,31,38, al. ([place name] Tenos): in pl.,κεῖτο δ' ἄρ' ἐν μέσσοισι Il.18.507
;ἐν μέσοισ' Xenoph.1.7
; ἐν μέσῳ εἶναι τοῦ συμμεῖξαι to stand in the way of.., X.Cyr.5.2.26; ἡ γὰρ θάλαττα ἐν τῷ μ. is an obstacle, Id.Ath.2.2;οὐδεὶς ἐν μέσσῳ γείτων πέλεν Theoc.21.17
;οὐδὲν ἂν ἦν ἐν μ. πολεμεῖν ἡμᾶς D.23.183
; cf. ἰμέσος.b ἐς μέσον, ἐς μ. ἀμφοτέρων, freq. in Hom. for ἐς μεταίχμιον, Il.4.79, 6.120; ἀνδρὶ δὲ νικηθέντι γυναῖκ' ἐς μέσσον ἔθηκε deposited her as a prize (cf. supr. a), 23.704;ἐς μ. δεικνύναι τινί τι Pi.Fr.42.3
; ἐς μ. ἵεσθαι, ἐλθεῖν, παρελθεῖν, S.Tr. 514 (lyr.), Theoc.22.183, Plu. Agis9;ἐς μέσον ἀμφοτέροισι.. δικάσσατε Il.23.574
; ἐς τὸ μ. φέρειν bring forward publicly, Hdt.4.97, D.18.139;ἐς τὸ μ. λέγεσθαι Hdt. 6.129
; ἐς μ. Πέρσῃσι καταθεῖναι τὰ πρήγματα to give up the power in common to all, Id.3.80; ἐς μ. τὴν ἀρχὴν τιθεὶς ἰσονομίην ὑμῖν προαγορεύω ib. 142.c ἐκ τοῦ μέσου away,ἐκ μ. ἀνελεῖν D.10.36
, 18.294; [χειρόγραφον] ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μ. Ep.Col.2.14
, cf. Arr.Epict.3.3.15; also ἐκ μ. a half,ἔτη ὀκτὼ καὶ ἔνατον ἐκ μ. Th.4.133
; also ἐκ μ. κατῆστο remained in the middle, i. e. neutral (cf.ἐκ 1.6
fin.), Hdt.3.83, cf. 4.118, 8.22,73.d διὰ μέσου between,τὸ διὰ μ. ἔθνος Id.1.104
;διὰ μ. ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr.6.3.3
; διὰ μ. γενέσθαι intervene, of an event, Th.4.20: c. gen.,διὰ μέσου τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμός X. An.1.2.23
; διὰ μ. ῥεῖ τούτων ποταμός ib.1.4.4, etc.;τὸ τούτων διὰ μ. Pl.Lg. 805e
; also οἱ διὰ μέσου the middle party, the moderates, Th. 8.75, X.HG5.4.25; τὸ διὰ μ. the middle class, Arist.Pol. 1296a8; of Time,ὁ διὰ μ. χρόνος Hdt.9.112
; ἡ διὰ μ. ξύμβασις an interim agreement, Th.5.26; διὰ μέσου, as a figure of speech, use of parenthesis, Hdn.Fig.p.95S.e ἀν (ὀν) τὸ μ. in the midst, Alc.18.3, Xenoph.1.11, Thgn.839; ἀνὰ μέσον midway between, Arist.HA 496a22, Antiph. 13, Theoc.22.21, etc.;ἀνὰ μ. τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ GDI2010
(Delph.), cf. PTeb.13.9 (ii B. C.), al.;θρὶξ ἀνὰ μέσσον Theoc.14.9
; ; also ἀνὰ μέσον φέρε, = μετρίως, Men.531.18.f κατὰ μέσσον, = ἐν μέσῳ, Il.5.8, 16.285, etc.: c. gen., κὰδ δὲ μέσον τάφρου καὶ τείχεος ἷζον between, 9.87.2 μέσον, τό, difference, τὸ μ. πρὸς τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας the average between.., Th.1.10; πολλὸν τὸ μ., πολὺ τὸ μ., the difference is great, Hdt.1.126, E.Alc. 914 (anap.); τὸ μ. οὐδὲν τῆς ἔχθρης ἐστί there is no middle course for our enmity, Hdt.7.11.3 middle state, mean,τὸ μ. καὶ τὸ εὖ Arist.EN 1109b26
; ποιήματα μέσα, opp. ὀγκώδη, in the (correct) mean, Phld.Po.5.5. Adv. -ως, ἀναστρέφεσθαι Id.Rh.1.155S.
4 in Logic, τὸ μ. the middle term of a syllogism, opp. τὰ ἄκρα, Arist.APr. 66a30; also ὁ μ. (sc. ὅρος) ib. 25b33.5 Math., middle terms in a proportion, Euc.6.16; μέση, or μέση (μέσος) ἀνάλογον a mean proportional (straight line or number), ib.13, 17, 8.11, 12, al.;μέσης εὕρεσις Arist.de An. 413a19
, Metaph. 996b21; μέση medial, a specific kind of irrational (straight line), Euc.10.21, al.; μέσον ὀρθογώνιον ([etym.] χωρίον) medial rectangle (area), ib.24, al.6 Astron., ὁ διὰ μέσων τῶν ζῳδίων κύκλος the ecliptic, Hipparch.1.9.3,4, Gem.2.21, Ptol.Alm.2.7: without κύκλος, Eudox. ap. Arist.Metaph. 1073b20, Hipparch.1.9.12; simply,ὁ διὰ μέσων D.L.7.146
; but, ὁ μέσος [κύκλος] the equator of a rotating sphere, Arist.Metaph. 1073b30.7 μέσα, τά, = μέζεα, Blaes.p.191 K.b = κοιλία 1.3, Herod.Med. ap. Orib.5.27.3, Gal.14.732: sg., Heph.Astr.1.1 (v.l. τὰ μέσα Cat.Cod.Astr.8(2).45).8 Μέσον, τό, one of the law-courts at Athens, Phot., Sch.Ar.V. 120.9 οὐ τοῖς μέσοις τῆς βίας χρωμένη no ordinary force, Hierocl.p.15 A.IV μέση, ἡ, as Subst., v. μέση.V Adv. μέσον, [dialect] Ep. μέσσον, in the middle, Il.12.167, Od.14.300: c. gen., between,οὐρανοῦ μ. χθονός <τε> E.Or. 983
(lyr.), cf. Arr.Epict.2.22.10; in the midst of,μ. τῆς θαλάσσης LXX Ex.14.27
;μ. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς Ep.Phil.2.15
: also in pl., (lyr.), cf. Nic.Fr.74.26.2 regul. Adv.μέσως, πόλεώς τ' οὐ μ. εὐδαίμονος E.Andr. 873
, cf. Hec. 1113, Isoc.9.23; καὶ μ. even in a moderate degree, even a little, Th.2.60; μ. ἔχειν πρός or περί τι to be in the mean.., Arist.EN 1105b28, 1119a11;θερμότερον ἢ κραυρότερον ἢ μ. ἔχον Eub.7.1
, cf. Sosip. 1.53; μ. βεβιωκέναι in a middle way, i. e. neither well nor ill, Pl.Phd. 113d;μ. μεθύων Men.226
; μ. διατιθέναι in an intermediate way, D.H. Comp.14.b Gramm., in the middle voice, A.D. Synt.276.21.VI irreg. [comp] Comp.μεσαίτερος Pl.Prm. 165b
: [comp] Sup.μεσαίτατος Hdt.4.17
, Arist.Mu. 392b33, Gem.9.3, etc.; poet.μεσσότατος A.R.4.649
, Man. 6.373. (Cf. Skt. mádhyas 'middle', Lat. medius, etc.) -
9 μετά
μετά (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc., in the NT not (B-D-F §203; Rob. 610) w. dat.—For lit. s. ἀνά, beg.; also for μετά (and σύν) Tycho Mommsen, Beiträge zu d. Lehre v. den griech. Präp. 1895. Basic idea: ‘in the vicinity of ’.A. w. gen. with① marker of placement, with, among, in company with someone (Gen 42:5; EpArist 180; En 22:13; 99:10; PsSol 4:6; JosAs 10:3 al.) or someth. ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων he was among the wild animals Mk 1:13 (Diog. L. 6, 92 μόσχοι μετὰ λύκων). ἦν συγκαθήμενος μ. τῶν ὑπηρετῶν he sat down among the servants 14:54. μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη he was classed among the criminals Mk 15:28; Lk 22:37. τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μ. τῶν ἀπίστων θήσει he will assign him his lot among the faithless (unbelievers?) Lk 12:46; cp. Mt 24:51. ζῆτειν τὸν ζῶντα μ. τῶν νεκρῶν seek the living among the dead Lk 24:5. μὴ γογγύζετε μετʼ ἀλλήλων do not grumble among yourselves J 6:43. εἱστήκει Ἰούδας μετʼ αὐτῶν 18:5. ἡ σκηνὴ τ. θεοῦ μετὰ τ. ἀνθρώπων Rv 21:3a. μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν in the midst of the clouds 1:7.② marker of assoc. in gener. sense denoting the company within which someth. takes place, withⓐ w. gen. of pers. in company w. whom someth. takes placeα. w. verbs of going, remaining, etc. προσέρχεσθαι μ. τινος come (in company) with someone Mt 20:20; cp. 5:41; Mk 1:29; 3:7; 5:24, 37; 11:11; 14:17; Lk 2:51; 6:17; 9:49; 14:31; J 3:22b; 11:54; Ac 24:1; Gal 2:1. Angels accompanying the Messiah Mt 25:31; cp. 16:27; Mk 8:38; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 1:7. περιπατεῖν μ. τινος (Menand., Fgm. 178 Kö., Sam. 587f S. [242f Kö.]; ApcEsdr 6:12) J 6:66. γίνεσθαι μ. τινος be, remain with someone Ac 7:38; 9:19; 20:18; AcPlCor 2:4 (ApcMos 2 ἐγένοντο μ. ἀλλήλων). οἱ μ. αὐτοῦ γενόμενοι his companions Mk 16:10. μένειν μ. τινος stay with someone 1J 2:19 (ParJer 3:15). ζήσασα μ. ἀνδρός Lk 2:36. ἀκολουθεῖν μ. τινος follow (after) someone Rv 6:8; 14:13 (s. ἀκολουθέω 2).β. used w. trans. verbs ἄγειν τινὰ μ. ἑαυτοῦ bring someone along (s. ἄγω 1b) 2 Ti 4:11. παραλαμβάνειν τινὰ μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ take or bring someone along (as a companion) (Gen 22:3) Mt 12:45; 18:16; Mk 14:33. ἔχειν τι μ. ἑαυτοῦ have someth. with oneself: bread 8:14; τινά someone (PGM 4, 1952): the lame Mt 15:30; the poor Mk 14:7; Mt 26:11; J 12:8; the bridegroom Mk 2:19b. Pass. συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τ. ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων he was chosen (to serve) with the eleven apostles Ac 1:26 (cp. Himerius, Or. 44 [=Or. 8], 3 μετὰ τῶν θεῶν ἀριθμούμενος=numbered with the gods).γ. esp. εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, in someone’s company.א. lit. of close association: the disciples w. Jesus Mt 26:69, 71; Mk 3:14; 14:67; Lk 22:59; J 15:27; 17:24. Also of accompaniment for a short time Mt 5:25; J 3:26; 9:40; 12:17; 20:24, 26. Of Jesus’ association w. his disciples 13:33; 14:9; 16:4; 17:12. Of relations between the superintendent and the congregation μετὰ τ. ἐπισκόπου εἶναι be with, on the side of, the supervisor/bishop IPhld 3:2. οἱ μ. τινος (sc. ὄντες) someone’s friends, companions, etc. (Diod S 17, 96, 2 οἱ μεθʼ Ἡρακλέους; SIG 175, 5; 659, 5; 826e II, 30; Am 4:2; 8:10; Gen 24:59; 1 Macc 7:23; JosAs 27:7; AscIs 2:15; 3:6, 14; Jos., Vi. 397, Ant. 7, 20; Just., D. 8, 3 al.) Mt 12:3f; 26:51; Mk 1:36; 2:25; Lk 6:3f. Of things ἄλλα πλοῖα ἦν μ. αὐτοῦ other boats were with him, accompanied him Mk 4:36. ὁ μισθός μου μετʼ ἐμοῦ (sc. ἐστιν) Rv 22:12. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ the fire (of judgment) awaits him (the interpretation of the Armenian text; sim. the Lat.) AcPlCor 2:37.ב. in ref. to supportiveness be with someone, stand by, help someone of God’s help (Gen 21:20; 26:3; 28:20 al.; Jos., Ant. 15, 138) J 3:2; 8:29; 16:32; Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 39:2, 21); 10:38; cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 8:8); Lk 1:28; Ro 15:33. Of God’s hand (1 Ch 4:10) Lk 1:66; Ac 11:21. Of Christ: Mt 28:20; Ac 18:10.ג. a favorite expr. in conclusions of letters ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ εἰρήνης ἔσται μ. ὑμῶν will be with you 2 Cor 13:11; cp. Phil 4:9; ὁ κύριος κτλ. 2 Th 3:16 (cp. Ruth 2:4); 2 Ti 4:22. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ μ. ὑμῶν (sc. ἔσται) 1 Cor 16:23; cp. 1 Th 5:28; 1 Cl 65:2. μ. τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25; 21:9. μ. πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Th 3:18; cp. Eph 6:24. Short and to the point: ἡ χάρις μ. ὑμῶν Col 4:18; 1 Ti 6:21; cp. Tit 3:15; Hb 13:25. ἔσται μεθʼ ἡμῶν χάρις ἔλεος εἰρήνη 2J 3.—ἡ ἀγάπη μου μ. πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ my love is with you all in Christ Jesus 1 Cor 16:24. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τ. θεοῦ καὶ ἡ κοινωνία τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 2 Cor 13:13 (WvanUnnik, Dominus Vobiscum: liturg. formula, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 270–305; on the Trinitarian formula s. the lit. on πνεῦμα 8).—In the expr. ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μ. αὐτῶν Ac 14:27; 15:4 (cp. Hs 5, 1, 1) ὤν could be supplied what God has done in helping them; but ποιεῖν can just as well go w. μ. αὐτῶν has done for them, after the analogy of עָשָׂה עִם פּ׳ (Tob 12:6; 13:7 ἃ ποιήσει μεθʼ ὑμῶν; Jdth 8:26 ὅσα ἐποίησεν μετὰ Ἀβραάμ; 15:10; 1 Macc 10:27. In addition, cp. BGU 798, 8 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῇ ἡμῶν δεσποίνῃ εἰς πάντα τὰ καλὰ ἃ ἐποίησεν μετὰ τ. δούλων αὐτῆς. But s. also LMaloney, ‘All That God Had Done with Them’ ’91, 118–21: God works ‘with’ the apostles and ‘through’ them). Here also belongs ποιεῖν ἔλεος μ. τινος have mercy on someone, show mercy to someone (Gen 24:12; 2 Km 3:8; JosAs 23:4) Lk 1:72; 10:37 (MWilcox, The Semitisms in Ac, ’65, 84f). ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετʼ αὐτῆς the Lord has shown great mercy to her 1:58 (cp. 1 Km 12:24; Ps 125:2f).—In πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μ. τοῦ προσώπου σου Ac 2:28=Ps 15:11 the LXX has literally translated אֶת־פָּנֶיךָ; it means in your presence.ד. in ref. to taking sides or being allied in some way with someone: in contrast to εἶναι κατά τινος be against someone is εἶναι μ. τινος be with someone, on someone’s side Mt 12:30a; Lk 11:23a (AFridrichsen, ZNW 13, 1912, 273–80).ⓑ to denote the company in which an activity or experience takes place: ἀνακεῖσθαι μ. τινος recline at table with someone (for a meal) Mt 26:20. ἀνακλιθῆναι 8:11; cp. Lk 24:30. βασιλεύειν Rv 20:4, 6. γρηγορεῖν Mt 26:38, 40. δειπνεῖν Rv 3:20 (TestJob 15:2). δουλεύειν Gal 4:25. ἐμπαίζειν Mt 27:41. ἐσθίειν 9:11; 24:49; Mk 2:16ab; 14:14, 18; Lk 5:30 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 9 [Stone p. 10]). ἠρώτα … ἵνα φάγῃ μ. αὐτοῦ he asked (him) to eat with him 7:36 (cp. TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 21 [Stone p. 68]; JosAs 7:1). εὐφραίνεσθαι 15:29; Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43). κλαίειν 12:15b. κληρονομεῖν Gal 4:30 (Gen 21:10; Just., D. 26, 1; cp. συγκληρονομεῖν JosAs 24:9). πίνειν Mt 26:29. ποιεῖν τὸ πάσχα celebrate the Passover (with someone) 26:18. συνάγειν 12:30b; Lk 11:23b. συνεσθίειν Gal 2:12. ταράττεσθαι Mt 2:3. τρώγειν J 13:1 v.l. χαίρειν Ro 12:15a.ⓒ The associative aspect can also derive expression from the fact that two opposite parties exert influence upon one another or that one party brings the other to adopt a corresponding, and therefore common, attitudeα. in friendly, or at least not in hostile, fashion: εἰρηνεύειν (3 Km 22:45) Ro 12:18; cp. 2 Ti 2:22; Hb 12:14. εὐθηνίαν ἔχειν Hm 2:3. κοινωνίαν ἔχειν 1J 1:3a, 7. λαλεῖν μετά τινος (cp. Gen 31:24, 29; 1 Macc 7:15) Mk 6:50; J 4:27ab. συλλαλεῖν μ. τινος Mt 17:3; Ac 25:12. συμβούλιον διδόναι Mk 3:6. συνάγεσθαι Mt 28:12; J 18:2. συνᾶραι λόγον Mt 18:23; 25:19. ἐγένοντο φίλοι ὅ τε. Ἡρῴδης καὶ ὁ Πιλᾶτος μετʼ ἀλλήλων Lk 23:12. οἱ μοιχεύοντες μετʼ αὐτῆς those who commit adultery with her Rv 2:22. πορνεύειν (cp. Ezk 16:34; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 7 [Stone p. 24]) 17:2; 18:3, 9. μολύνεσθαι 14:4 (cp. En 12:4 τῶν γυναικῶν ἐμιάνθησαν).β. in hostile fashion; after verbs of fighting, quarreling, etc. to denote the pers. w. whom the strife is being carried on πολεμεῖν μ. τινος carry on war with = against someone (נִלְחַם עִם פּ׳ 1 Km 17:33; 3 Km 12:24; ParJer 7:10. But s. also OGI 201, 3 ἐπολέμησα μετὰ τῶν Βλεμύων; BGU 1035, 9; 11. Also in Mod. Gk. [AThumb, Hdb. der neugriech. Volkssprache2 1910 §162, 1 note]) Rv 2:16; 12:7; 13:4; 17:14 (B-D-F §193, 4; Rob. 610). Also πόλεμον ποιεῖν (Gen 14:2; 1 Ch 5:19) 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:21 Theod.); 19:19. ζητεῖν μ. τινος deliberate or dispute w. someone J 16:19; cp. 3:25 (cp. ApcEsdr 2:6 δικάζου μεθʼ ἡμῶν). κρίνεσθαι go to law w. someone 1 Cor 6:6. κρίματα ἔχειν μ. τινος have lawsuits w. someone vs. 7.ⓓ of any other relation betw. persons, whether already existing or brought about in some manner εἶδον τὸ παιδίον μ. Μαρίας Mt 2:11. ἀνταποδοῦναι ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν μ. ἡμῶν 2 Th 1:7. ἐκδέχομαι αὐτὸν μ. τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Cor 16:11. Of delegations, composed of several units Mt 22:16; 2 Cor 8:18. συμφωνεῖν Mt 20:2.ⓔ of things ὧν τὸ αἷμα ἔμιξεν μ. τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν Lk 13:1. Pass. πιεῖν οἶνον μ. χολῆς μεμιγμένον Mt 27:34.ⓕ to show a close connection betw. two nouns, upon the first of which the main emphasis lies (Thu. 7, 75, 3 λύπη μ. φόβου; Pla., Rep. 9, 591b ἰσχύν τε καὶ κάλλος μετὰ ὑγιείας λαμβάνειν; Ar. 11:2 τόξον ἔχειν μ. φαρέτρας) ἀγάπη μ. πίστεως Eph 6:23. πίστις μ. σωφροσύνης 1 Ti 2:15. εὐσέβεια μ. αὐταρκείας 6:6. Cp. Eph 4:2b; Col 1:11; 1 Ti 1:14. φάρμακον μ. οἰνομέλιτος ITr 6:2.③ marker of attendant circumstances of someth. that takes place, withⓐ of moods, emotions, wishes, feelings, excitement, states of mind or body (Xenophon Eph. 1, 15, 5 μ. ἀδείας; 2, 10, 4 μ. ἐπιμελείας; PAmh II, 133, 11 μετὰ πολλῶν κόπων; PLond II, 358, 8 p. 172 [II A.D.]; SIG index IV p. 445f; LXX [Johannessohn, Präp. 209ff]; En et al.) μ. αἰδοῦς with modesty 1 Ti 2:9. μ. αἰσχύνης with shame (s. αἰσχύνη 2) Lk 14:9. μ. εὐνοίας Eph 6:7. μ. εὐχαριστίας Phil 4:6; 1 Ti 4:3f; cp. Ac 24:3. μετὰ χαρᾶς (2 Macc 15:28; 3 Macc 5:21; 6:34; En 10:16; PsSol 8:16 al.; s. χαρά 1a) 1 Th 1:6; Hb 10:34; 13:17; cp. Phil 2:29. μ. φόβου καὶ τρόμου 2 Cor 7:15; Eph 6:5; Phil 2:12. μ. φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς Mt 28:8. μ. πραΰτητος καὶ φόβου 1 Pt 3:16. μ. παρρησίας (Lev 26:13; 1 Macc 4:18; s. παρρησία 3a) Ac 2:29; 4:29, 31; 28:31; Hb 4:16. μ. πεποιθήσεως 1 Cl 31:3. μ. σπουδῆς (3 Macc 5:24, 27; Mel., P. 12, 80) Mk 6:25; Lk 1:39. μ. ταπεινοφροσύνης Eph 4:2a; cp. Ac 20:19. μ. ὀργῆς (3 Macc 6:23; TestJob 4:4) Mk 3:5. μ. δακρύων in tears (3 Macc 1:16; 4:2; 5:7; TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 19 [Stone p. 20]; 14 p. 94, 21 [St. p. 36]; JosAs 28:8; ApcEsdr 6:23; s. δάκρυον) Mk 9:24 v.l.; Hb 5:7; 12:17. μ. εἰρήνης (s. εἰρήνη 1b) Ac 15:33; Hb 11:31.ⓑ of other accompanying phenomena (Antig. Car. 148 μετὰ φλογὸς καίεσθαι) μ. διωγμῶν though with persecutions Mk 10:30. μ. ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν 1 Ti 4:14. μ. νηστειῶν Ac 14:23. μ. θορύβου (Jos., Ant. 5, 216) 24:18. μ. παρακλήσεως 2 Cor 8:4. μ. παρατηρήσεως Lk 17:20. μ. ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας Ac 27:10 (s. ὕβρις 3). μ. φαντασίας 25:23. μ. δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης Mt 24:30; Mk 13:26; Lk 21:27 (Just., A I, 50, 1 al. μ. δόξης, D. 132, 1 w. δυνάμεως). μ. ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς Ac 26:12 (Jos., Ant. 20, 180 μετʼ ἐξουσίας). μ. βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξάγειν τινά (s. βραχίων) Ac 13:17. μ. φωνῆς μεγάλης w. a loud voice Lk 17:15 (cp. EpArist 235; 281; JosAs 28:9). μ. σάλπιγγος with a trumpet call Mt 24:31 (Plut., Mor. 1135f μετʼ αὐλῶν=with the sound of flutes). σφραγίσαντες τ. λίθον μετὰ τ. κουστωδίας makes the stationing of the guard an accompaniment to the sealing of the stone Mt 27:66 (another possibility here is the instrumental use of μετά [Lycurgus the orator 124 μ. παραδειγμάτων διδάσκειν; SEG VIII, 246, 8 μετὰ κυνῶν—an instrument of torture—βασανίσαι; CWessely, Neue griech. Zauberpap. 1893, 234 γράφε μ. μέλανος; 2 Macc 6:16]: secure the stone by means of a guard; s. σφραγίζω 1).ⓒ of concrete objects, which serve as equipment (Appian, Maced. 9 §4 μετὰ χρυσῶν στεφάνων; POxy 123, 15; 19 μετὰ τῶν χλαμύδων εἰσβῆναι; 1 Esdr 5:57; Jdth 15:13; TestJob 24:10 μ. ψαλίδος; JosAs 7:4 μ. χρυσίου καὶ ἀργύριου; ParJer 9:31 μ. πολλῶν λίθων; ApcSed 7:10 μ. χαλιναρίου; ApcMos 40 μ. τῶν σινδόνων) μ. μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων Mt 26:47; 55; Mk 14:43, 48; Lk 22:52. μ. φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων καὶ ὅπλων (Xenophon Eph. p. 336, 20 μ. λαμπάδων) J 18:3.B. w. acc. In our lit. only in the mng. after, behind① marker of position that is behind someth., behind (Hom.+; Polyb.; Just., A I, 13, 4; Tat. 2, 2; not LXX) μ. τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα behind the second curtain Hb 9:3.② marker of time after another point of time, after (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX)ⓐ with the time expressly given μ. πολὺν χρόνον (2 Macc 6:1.—μετʼ οὐ πολὺν χρ.: Hero Alex. I p. 340, 6; SIG 1169, 54; Jos., Vi. 407) Mt 25:19. μ. τοσοῦτον χρόνον (4 Macc 5:7; ParJer 5:18) Hb 4:7. μ. χρόνον τινά (Diod S 9, 10, 2; Witkowski 26, 9 [III B.C.]; Jos., Ant. 8, 398; cp. En 106:1 μ. δὲ χρόνον; ApcSed 13:3 μ. χρόνον) Hv 1, 1, 2f; Hs 5, 2, 5; 9, 13, 8. μ. ἡμέρας ἕξ after six days Mt 17:1; Mk 9:2 (ApcMos 42 μ. τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας). μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 5; Polyaenus 6, 53; 8, 62; EpArist 301; TestJob 52:1f; 53:7; ParJer 9:14; Jos., Ant 7, 280) Mt 27:63; Mk 8:31; 10:34; Lk 2:46; cp. μ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας AcPlCor 2:30. μ. δύο ἡμέρας Mt 26:2; Mk 14:1 (cp. Caesar, Bell. Gall. 4, 9, 1 post tertiam diem=on the third day). μ. τινας ἡμέρας Ac 15:36; 24:24. μετʼ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας (Artem. 1, 78 p. 72, 30; Jos., Ant. 5, 328, Vi. 309) Lk 15:13. οὐ μ. πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας not long after these days = within a few days Ac 1:5 (B-D-F §226; 433, 3; Rob. 612; 1158; Dssm., ZVS 45, 1913, 60). W. gen. foll. μ. ἡμέρας εἴκοσι τῆς προτέρας ὁράσεως twenty days after the former vision Hv 4, 1, 1 (cp. Biogr. p. 31 μετὰ ξ´ ἔτη τοῦ Ἰλιακοῦ πολέμου; Gen 16:3). μ. τρεῖς μῆνας Ac 28:11. μ. τρία ἔτη Gal 1:18. ὁ μ. τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονὼς νόμος 3:17.ⓑ w. designations that are general, but include the idea of time: μ. τὴν ἄφιξίν μου Ac 20:29. μ. τὸ πάσχα after the Passover 12:4. μ. τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος Mt 1:12.ⓒ gener. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν after the (time of) tribulation Mk 13:24; cp. μ. τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων Mt 24:29. μ. τὴν ἔγερσιν 27:53. μ. τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν Ac 13:15. μ. τὸ βάπτισμα 10:37. μ. μίαν καὶ δευτέραν νουθεσίαν Tit 3:10. μ. τὸ ψωμίον after he had eaten the piece of bread J 13:27.—Quite gener. μ. τοῦτο after this, afterward (Lucian, Hermot. 31; Gen 18:5; Lev 14:19; EpArist 258; TestJob 11:4; TestReub 1:9; TestLevi 6:3; Just., D. 57, 4) J 2:12; 11:7, 11; 19:28; Hb 9:27; Rv 7:1. μ. ταῦτα after this (Aeneas Tact. 240; 350; Diod S 1, 7, 1; Ex 3:20; 11:8 and oft.; TestJob 21:4; TestLevi 6:5; TestJos 19:5; JosAs 10:15; ParJer 3:10; ApcEsdr 4:36; ApcMos 2; Just., A I, 32, 6) Mk 16:12; Lk 5:27; 10:1 and oft. μ. οὐ πολύ (Dio Chrys. 56 [73], 8; Lucian, Scyth. 1; Herodian 1, 9, 7; BGU 614, 14; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 96 II, 9; 1 Esdr 3:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 132) not long afterward Ac 27:14. μ. μικρόν a short while afterward Mt 26:73; Mk 14:70 (Just., D. 56, 17). Also μ. βραχύ Lk 22:58 (cp. μετʼ ὀλίγον: Lucian, Dial, Mort. 15, 3; PRyl 77, 41; Wsd 15:8; Jdth 13:9; TestAbrA 7 p. 84, 8 [Stone p. 16]; GrBar 9:3; Jos., Ant. 12, 136; 10:15; Just., D. 56, 18).ⓓ w. subst. aor. inf. foll.α. w. acc. (SIG 633, 105; 640, 13; 695, 78; 1233, 1; Sir 46:20; Jdth 16:25; Bar 1:9; 1 Macc 1:1, 9; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 11 [Stone p. 80]; 117, 5 [St. p. 82]; TestJob 5:2; TestLevi 18:1; ApcMos 1; Just., A I, 50, 12.—B-D-F §406, 3; Rob. 979) μ. τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με after I am raised up Mt 26:32; Mk 14:28. μ. τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην after John was arrested Mk 1:14.—Ac 1:3; 7:4; 10:41; 15:13; 19:21; 20:1; Hv 2, 1, 3; m 4, 1, 7; Hs 8, 1, 3; 8, 2, 5.β. without acc. (Aelian, VH 12, 1 p. 118, 27; Herodian 2, 9, 5; SIG 976, 39; UPZ 110, 193 [164 B.C.]; Sir 23:20; 32:18 v.l.; 1 Macc 1:20; ApcMos 26:42f; Just., A I, 14, 1; Tat. 16, 1) μ. τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς after he had spoken to them Mk 16:19.—Lk 12:5; 1 Cor 11:25; Hb 10:26.—W. perf. inf. 10:15.—M-M. EDNT. TW. -
10 πλῆθος
πλῆθος, εος, τό, [dialect] Dor. and Arc. [full] πλῆθος Schwyzer 84.8, al. (Argive, found in Crete, v B.C.), IG5(2).6.20 (Tegea, iv B.C.), etc.; [dialect] Boeot. [full] πλεῖθος ib.7.3171.46 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.); pseudo-[dialect] Dor. and pseudo-[dialect] Aeol. [full] πλᾶθος GDI5176.21 ([place name] Crete), IGRom.4.1302.18 (Cyme, i B.C./ i A.D.), Hippod. ap. Stob.4.1.93: (πλήθω,A v. πίμπλημι):—great number, multitude, esp. of people, Il.17.330, Hdt.7.49, etc.; στρατοῦ π., periphr. for στρατὸς πολύς, Id.9.73; ὡς πλήθει for the mass of men, Pl.R. 389d.2 τὸ π. the greater number, the mass, main body,τὸ π. τοῦ στρατοῦ Hdt.1.82
, cf. 5.92; τὸ π. τῆς ψυχῆς the largest part of.., Pl.Lg. 689a: as Noun of Multitude with pl. Verb,Ἀθηναίων τὸ π. οἴονται Th.1.20
; τὸ π. ἐψηφίσαντο πολεμεῖν the majority, ib. 125, cf. X.Cyr.2.4.20; τῷ π. by a majority, Berl.Sitzb.1927.8 ([dialect] Locr., v B.C.): hence, people, population,σμικρὸν τὸ π. τῆσδε γῆς E.Ph. 715
.b the commons, Th. 1.9, etc.;ἡ τοῦ π. ἀρχή, δημοκρατία τοὔνομα κληθεῖσα Pl.Plt. 291d
;ἐς τὸ π. φέρειν τὸ κράτος Hdt.3.81
: freq. of the popular assembly, τὸ ὑμέτερον π., τὸ π. τὸ ὑμέτερον, Lys.12.42, Pl.Ap. 31c; Ἐρυθραίων τῷ π., Ἀθηναίων τοῦ π., IG12.10.21, 22; = Lat. plebs, Plb.6.15.11, D.S.12.25, D.H.4.71; also, association, corporation, or guild,τὸ π. τὸ Ἁλιαδᾶν IG 12(1).155.6
, 156.5 ([place name] Rhodes);τὸ τῶν Πανιαστῶν π. IGRom.4.1680
(Pergam.);τὸ π. τῶν ἱερέων OGI56.24
(Canopus, iii B.C.);π. τῶν ἁλιέων PSI5.498.2
(iii B.C.);τὸ π. τῶν μαχαιροφόρων OGI737
(Memphis, ii B.C.); opp. αἱ ἀρχαί, οἱ ὀλίγοι, Th.5.84; but also, populace, mob, opp. δῆμος (commons), X.Ath.2.18, App.BC1.10: also in pl., πείθειν τὰ π. the masses, Pl.Grg. 452e, cf. Sph. 268b;ὃ πᾶσι.. σωτήριον, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς π. πρὸς τοὺς τυράννους D.6.24
;φιλόσοφον.. π. ἀδύνατον εἶναι Pl.R. 494a
.II quantity or number,πόσον π. ἦν νεῶν Ἑλληνίδων; A.Pers. 334
;τῆς σῆς δυνάμεως τί φῂς π. εἶναι; X.Cyr.2.1.6
;ὅμιλος πλήθει φοβερώτατος Th.2.98
;ἰσχύϊ καὶ πλήθει προέχων Id.3.74
;τῷ π. αὐτῶν καταπλαγέντες Id.4.10
;πλήθεϊ πολλοί Hdt.3.11
, cf. 6.44;σὺν πλήθει χερῶν S.OT 123
; in force,Th.
8.22: abs. in acc.,κόσοι πλῆθος Hdt.1.153
;πόσοι τὸ π.; Diph.17.1
;ἐρέται.. π. ἀνάριθμοι A.Pers.40
(anap.);π. ὡς δισχίλιοι X.An.4.2.2
;ἄπειρα τὸ π. Id.Mem.1.1.14
;ἄπειρα καὶ π. καὶ σμικρότητα Anaxag.1
;π. τι πάμπολυ φθειρῶν IG42(1).122.45
, cf. 32 (Epid., iv B.C.).III magnitude, size, or extent, [ὄρος] πλήθεϊ μέγιστον καὶ μεγάθεϊ ὑψηλότατον Hdt.1.203
; πεδίον πλῆθος ἄπειρον ib. 204;ἡ ἐρῆμος.. ἐοῦσα πλῆθος ἑπτὰ ἡμερέων ὁδοῦ Id.4.123
;π. χώρας καὶ ἀνθρώπων X.An.1.5.9
.2 in [dialect] Att., of quantity or amount,διὰ π. τῆς ζημίας Th.3.70
;χρημάτων π. Id.1.9
;διὰ πλῆθος οὐσίας Pl.R. 591e
, cf. Arist.Pol. 1279a19; ; multa sudans,Id.
Ti. 84e;τὸ π. τοῦ ῥεύματος Plb.1.75.5
; τὸ παρακείμενον π. the amount entered against each, Ostr.Bodl. i 252 (ii B.C.); of money,τὸ ἴσον π. TAM2.526
([place name] Pinara): in pl., quantities,ἐμβρύων Cratin.326
;θαυμαστὸν ὅσ' ἐστ' ἀγαθῶν π. Mnesim.4.51
(anap.);οἰκοδομημάτων πλήθεσι ἢ μεγέθεσι D.C.52.30
, cf. 10.4 plurality, opp. ἕν, Dam.Pr.45.IV of Time, length,χρόνου Th.1.1
, Pl.Tht. 158d, Isoc.12.180;π. ἐτῶν Ar.Nu. 855
;πλήθει πολλῶν μηνῶν S.Ph. 722
(lyr.).V with Preps., or Advbs.,ἐς π.
in great numbers,Th.
1.14; κατὰ πλῆθος a large number at a time, IG12.6.112;ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π.
usually, mostly,Pl.
Phdr. 275b;ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. εἰπεῖν Arist.GA 786a35
;κατὰ π. D.H.6.67
. -
11 πόρος
A means of passing a river, ford, ferry, Θρύον Ἀλφειοῖο π. Thryum the ford of the Alphëus, Il.2.592, h.Ap. 423, cf. h.Merc. 398;πόρον ἷξον Ξάνθου Il.14.433
;Ἀξίου π. A.Pers. 493
; ἀπικνέεται ἐς τὸν π.τῆς διαβάσιος to the place of the passage, Hdt.8.115;π. διαβὰς Ἅλυος A.Pers. 864
(lyr.);τοῦ κατ' Ὠρωπὸν π. μηδὲν πραττέσθω IG12.40.22
.2 narrow part of the sea, strait,διαβὰς πόρον Ὠκεανοῖο Hes.Th. 292
;παρ' Ὠκεανοῦ.. ἄσβεστον π. A.Pr. 532
(lyr.); π. Ἕλλης ([dialect] Dor. Ἕλλας), = Ἑλλήσποντος, Pi.Fr. 189, A.Pers. 875(lyr.), Ar.V. 308(lyr.); Ἰόνιος π. the Ionian Sea which is the passage-way from Greece to Italy, Pi.N.4.53;πέλαγος αἰγαίου πόρου E.Hel. 130
; Εὔξεινος, ἄξενος π. (cf.πόντος 11
), Id.Andr. 1262, IT 253; διάραντες τὸν π., i.e. the sea between Sicily and Africa, Plb.1.37.1; ἐν πόρῳ in the passage-way (of ships), in the fair-way, Hdt.7.183, Th. 1.120, 6.48;ἐν π. τῆς ναυμαχίης Hdt.8.76
;ἕως τοῦ π. τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ὅρμον τὸν Ἀφροδιτοπολίτην PHib.1.38.5
(iii B.C.).3 periphr., πόροι ἁλός the paths of the sea, i.e. the sea, Od.12.259;Αἰγαίου πόντοιο πλατὺς π. D.P.131
;ἐνάλιοι π. A.Pers. 453
; π.ἁλίρροθοι ib. 367, S.Aj. 412(lyr.); freq. of rivers, π. Ἀλφεοῦ, Σκαμάνδρου, i.e. the Alphëus, Scamander, etc., Pi.O.1.92, A.Ch. 366(lyr.), etc.;ῥυτοὶ π. Id.Eu. 452
, cf. 293; Πλούτωνος π. the river Pluto, Id.Pr. 806: metaph., βίου π. the stream of life, Pi.I.8(7).15;π. ὕμνων Emp.35.1
.4 artificial passage over a river, bridge, Hdt.4.136, 140, 7.10.γ;
aqueduct,IG
7.93(Megara, V A.D., restd.), Epigr.Gr.1073.4 ([place name] Samos).5 generally, pathway, way, A.Ag. 910, S.Ph. 705(lyr.), etc.; track of a wild beast, X.Cyr.1.6.40; αἰθέρα θ' ἁγνὸν πόρον οἰωνῶν their pathway, A.Pr. 284(anap.); ἐν τῷ π.εἶναι to be in the way, Sammelb.7356.11(ii A.D.): metaph.,πραπίδων πόροι A.Supp.94
(lyr.).6 passage through a porous substance, opening, Epicur.Ep.1pp.10,18 U.; esp. passage through the skin, οἱ πόροι the pores or passages by which the ἀπορροαί passed, acc. to Empedocles,πόρους λέγετε εἰς οὓς καὶ δι' ὧν αἱ ἀπορροαὶ πορεύονται Pl.Men. 76c
, cf. Epicur. Fr. 250, Metrod. Fr.7,Ti.Locr.100e;νοητοὶ π. S.E.P.2.140
; opp. ὄγκοι, Gal. 10.268; so of sponges, Arist. HA 548b31; of plants, Id.Pr. 905b8, Thphr.CP1.2.4, HP1.10.5.b of other ducts or openings of the body, π. πρῶτος, of the womb, Hp. ap. Poll.2.222; πόροι σπερματικοί, θορικοὶ π., Arist.GA 716b17, 720b13; π. the ovaries.Id.
HA 570a5, al.; τροφῆς π., of the oesophagus, Id.PA 650a15, al.; of the rectum, Id.GA 719b29; of the urinal duct, ib. 773a21; of the arteries and veins, Id.HA 510a14, etc.c passages leading from the organs of sensation to the brain,ψυχὴ παρεσπαρμένη τοῖς π. Pl.Ax. 366a
;οἱ π. τοῦ ὄμματος Arist.Sens. 438b14
, cf. HA 495a11, PA 656b17; ὤτων, μυκτήρων, Id.GA 775a2, cf. 744a2; of the optic nerves, Heroph. ap. Gal.7.89.II c. gen. rei, way or means of achieving, accomplishing, discovering, etc.,οὐκ ἐδύνατο π. οὐδένα τούτου ἀνευρεῖν Hdt.2.2
;οὐδεὶς π. ἐφαίνετο τῆς ἁλώσιος Id.3.156
;τῶν ἀδοκήτων π. ηὗρε θεός E.Med. 1418
(anap.); π. ὁδοῦ a means of performing the journey, Ar. Pax 124;π. ζητήματος Pl.Tht. 191a
; but also π. κακῶν a means of escaping evils, a way out of them, E.Alc. 213 (lyr.): c. inf.,πόρος νοῆσαι Emp.4.12
;π. εὐθαρσεῖν And.2.16
;π. τις μηχανή τε.. ἀντιτείσασθαι E.Med. 260
: with Preps.,π. ἀμφί τινος A.Supp. 806
codd. (lyr.); περί τινος dub. in Ar.Ec. 653;πόροι πρὸς τὸ πολεμεῖν X. An.2.5.20
.2 abs., providing, means of providing, opp. ἀπορία, Pl. Men. 78d sq.; contrivance, device,οἵας τέχνας τε καὶ π. ἐμησάμην A.Pr. 477
; δεινὸς γὰρ εὑρεῖν κἀξ ἀμηχάνων πόρον ib.59, cf. Ar.Eq. 759;μέγας π. A.Pr. 111
;τίνα π. εὕρω πόθεν; E.IA 356
(troch.).3 π. χρημάτων a way of raising money, financial provision, X.Ath.3.2, HG1.6.12, D.1.19, IG7.4263.2 (Oropus, iii B.C.), etc.;ὁ π. τῶν χρ. D.4.29
, IG12(5).1001.1 (Ios, iv B.C.); without χρημάτων, SIG284.23 (Erythrae, iv B.C.), etc.;μηχανᾶσθαι προσόδου π. X.Cyr.1.6.10
, cf. PTeb.75.6 (ii B.C.): in pl., 'ways and means', resources, revenue,πόροι χρημάτων D. 18.309
: abs.,πόρους πορίζειν Hyp.Eux.37
, cf. X.Cyr.1.6.9 (sg.), Arist. Rh. 1359b23; πόροι ἢ περὶ προσόδων, title of work by X.: sg., source of revenue, endowment, OGI544.24 (Ancyra, ii A.D.), 509.12,14 (Aphrodisias, ii A.D.), etc.b assessable income or property, taxable estate, freq. in Pap., as BGU1189.11 (i A.D.), etc.; liability, PHamb.23.29 (vi A.D.), etc.III journey, voyage,μακρᾶς κελεύθου π. A. Th. 546
;παρόρνιθας π. τιθέντες Id.Eu. 770
, cf. E.IT 116, etc.; ἐν τῷ π. πλοῖον ἀνατρέψαι on its passage, Aeschin.3.158.IV Π personified as father of Ἔρως, Pl.Smp. 203b. -
12 ἴσος
ἴσος, η, ον, [dialect] Ep. [full] ἶσος and [full] ἔϊσος (v. infr.); Cret., Arc. [full] ϝίσϝος GDI 4998ii2, 4982.2, Schwyzer665, cf. γισγόν· ἴσον, Hsch.; later [full] ἵσος Schwyzer 708a (1) (Ephesus, iv B.C.), Tab.Heracl.1.175, etc.:—A equal in size, strength, or number, c. dat.,κύματα ἶσα ὄρεσσιν Od.3.290
, etc.; freq. of appearance, like,ἶσος ἀναύδῳ 10.378
;ἶσος Ἄρευι Sapph.91
(dub.); ἴσος θεοῖσιν Ead.2.1: freq.abs.,ἴσην.. βίην καὶ κῦδος Il.7.205
; ἶσον θυμὸν ἔχειν to be of like mind, 13.704, 17.720: neut. as Adv.,ἶσον ἐμοὶ φρονέουσα 15.50
; , cf. 21.315, etc.; ἴσος τινὶ τὸ μέγαθος, ὕψος, Hdt.2.32, 124; τὸ μῆκος, τὸ πλάτος, X.An. 5.4.32; ; ἴσα τὸν ἀ. Pl.R. 441c; ποτὴν ἴσον equal in flight of song, Alex.Aet.5.5; ἴσον, τό, copy of a document, PLond. 3.1222.5 (ii A.D.), etc.: with dat. pers. in place of an object of comparison, οὐ μὲν σοί ποτε ἶσον ἔχω γέρας (i.e. τῷ σῷ γέραϊ) Il.1.163; τοῖσδ' ἴσας ναῦς (i.e. ταῖς τῶνδε) E.IA 262(lyr.); : folld. by a relative word, ἐμοὶ ἴσον.., ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν the same to me as to you, Ar.Ec. 173;τὰ ἐκεῖ ἴσα, ὥσπερ τὰ ἐνθάδε Lys.19.36
codd. (fort. σᾶ) ; τὰ ἴσα ὅσαπερ.. Lex ap.D.23.44;ἴσον.. ὅπερ Pl.Erx. 405b
.2 repeated to denote equal relations, ἴσα πρὸς ἴσα tit for tat, Hdt.1.2;ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους S. Ant. 142
(anap.);ἴσους ἴσοισι.. ἀντιθείς E.Ph. 750
;ἴσα ἀντὶ ἴσων λαμβάνειν, ἐκδοῦναι Pl.Lg. 774c
; ἴσος ἴσῳ (sc. οἶνος ὕδατι) Cratin.184, Com.Adesp.107, etc.; κύλικος ἴσον ἴσῳ κεκραμένης (where ἴσον is adverbial) Ar.Pl. 1132;διδόναι γάλα καὶ οἶνον πίνειν ἴσον ἴσῳ Hp. Epid.2.5.1
: metaph., 'fairly blended',μηδὲν ἴσον ἴσῳ φέρων Ar.Ach. 354
.3 of persons, equal in rights,βούλεται ἡ πόλις ἐξ ἴσων εἶναι καὶ ὁμοίων Arist.Pol. 1295b25
; ἡ πολιτικὴ ἐλευθέρων καὶ ἴσων ἀρχή ib. 1255b20; τὸ κατ' ἀξίαν ἴ. ib. 1307a26, al.II equally divided or distributed,ἴση μοῖρα Il.9.318
; ἴση alone, one's equal share,μή τίς μοι ἀτεμβόμενος κίοι ἴσης Od.9.42
( ἴσσης cj. Fick, cf. ἴσσασθαι); τὴν ἴ. ἔχων Cratin.250
; οὐ μὴν ἴ. ἔτεισεν (sc. τίσιν) S.OT 810; ἄχρι τῆς ἴ. up to the point of equality, D.5.17: neut.,μὴ ἴσον νεῖμαι ἑκατέρῳ Pl.Prt. 337a
;οὐ μόνον ἴσον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλέον ἔχειν Isoc.17.57
; οὐκ ἀνέξῃ δωμάτων ἔχων ἴσον καὶ τῷδε νεῖμαι; E.Ph. 547; τὰ ἴσα fair measure,τὰ ἴ. νέμειν Hdt. 6.11
; μὴ ἴσων ἕκαστον τυγχάνειν ἀλλὰ πλεονεκτεῖν, X.Cyr.2.2.20; προστυχεῖν τῶν ἴ. to obtain fair terms, S.Ph. 552; κἂν ἴσαι (sc. ψῆφοι) γένωνται equally divided, Ar.Ra. 685.2 based on equality of rights,ἴ. καὶ ἔννομος πολιτ εία Aeschin.1.5
; ; τὰ ἴ. equal rights, equality, freq. joined with τὰ ὅμοια orτὰ δίκαια, ὡς τῆς πολιτείας ἐσομένης ἐν τοῖς ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίοις X.HG7.1.45
;τῶν ἴ. καὶ τῶν δικαίων ἕκαστος ἡγεῖται ἑαυτῷ μετεῖναι ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ D.21.67
; οὐ μέτεστι τῶν ἴ. οὐδὲ τῶν ὁμοίων πρὸς τοὺς πλουσίους τοῖς λοιποῖς ib.112; τῶν ἴ. μετεῖχε τοῖς ἄλλοις ib.96; also ἡ ἴ. καὶ ὁμοία (sc. δίκη), τῆς ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίας μετέχειν Th.4.105
; ἐπ' ἴ. τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, ά, cf. Th.1.145; ἐπὶ τῇ ἴ. καὶ ὁμοίᾳ ib.27, cf. SIG312.27 (Samos, iv B.C.), OGI229.44 (Smyrna, iii B.C.), etc.: generally, just, fair, ἐκ ποίας ἴ. καὶ δικαίας προφάς εως; D.18.284.3 of persons, fair, impartial, S.Ph. 684(lyr.), OT 677;ἴ. δικαστής Pl.Lg. 957c
;ἴ. καὶ κοινοὶ ἀκροαταί D.29.1
, cf. 18.7;ἴ. καὶ κοινὸν δικαστήριον Id.7.36
;κοινοὺς μὲν.., ἴ. δὲ μή Pl.Prt. 337a
;ἴ. ἴσθι κρινων Men.Mon. 266
, cf. 257;κριταὶ ἴ. καὶ δίκαιοι Plb.24.15.3
, etc.4 adequate,ἡ ἴ. φρουρά Th.7.27
(expld. by Sch. as regular, τεταγμένη) ; ἴσος τοῖςπαροῦσι Id.1.132
.III of ground, even, flat, εἰς τὸ ἴ. καταβαίνειν, of an army, X.An.4.6.18 (but ἐν ἴσῳ προσιέναι to advance with even step, ib.1.8.11); λέουσιν εἰς τὸ ἴ. καθιστάμενοι μάχεσθαι, opp. μετὰ πλεονεξίας ἀγωνίζεσθαι, on even terms, Id.Cyr.1.6.28; ἴ. τοῖχος, opp. κεκλικώς, perpendicular, Phlp.in APo.2.27.IV Adv. ἴσως (v. sub voc.): but also,1 neut. sg. and pl. from Hom. downwds. (v. sub init.), ἶσον.. ἀπήχθετο κηρὶ μελαίνῃ even as Death, Il.3.454; ἶσον ἐμοὶ βασίυε be king like me, 9.616; ἶσον γάρ σε θεῷ τίσουσιν Ἀχαιοί ib. 603;ἶσον ἐμῇ κεφαλῇ 18.82
;τὸν.. ἶσα θεῷ.. εἰσορόωσιν Od.15.520
;ἶσα φίλοισι τέκεσσι Il.5.71
, cf. 13.176, Od.1.432, 11.304, etc.: later abs., alike, ; : c. dat.,ἴσον ναοῖς θεῶν E.Hel. 801
; ἴσον ἄπεσμεν τῷ πρίν equally as before, Id.Hipp. 302 (v.l. τῶν πρίν); ἴσα τοῖς πάνυ D.C.Fr.70.6
; ἴσα καί.. like as, as if, S.OT 1187(lyr.), E.El. 994 (anap.), Th.3.14; ; ὥσπερ .. S.El. 532;ὥστε.. E.Or. 882
;ἅτε.. Id.HF 667
(lyr.);ὅσονπερ.. D.15.1
.2 with Preps.: ἀπὸ τῆς ἴσης equally, Th.1.15;ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς ἴ. ἐχθρός Id.3.40
;ἀπ' ἴσης εἶναι D.14.6
; (Teos, iii B.C.);δι' ἴσου D.C.43.37
; at equal distance, Pl.R. 617b: also in Math., ex aequali, of proportions, Euc.5 Def.17, al.; δι' ἴ. ἐν τεταραγμένῃ ἀναλογίᾳ ex aequali in disturbed proportion, Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.4,al., Papp.932.11; ἐν ἴσῳ equally, Th.2.53, 4.65; ἐν ἴσῳ ἐστί it matters not, E.IA 1199;ἐν ἴσῳ [ἐστὶ] καὶ εἰ.. Th.2.60
;ἐν τῷ ἴσῳ εἶναι Id.4.10
; : more freq.ἐξ ἴσου Hdt.7.135
, S.OT 563, etc.;ἐξ ἴ. τινί Id.Ant. 516
, 644, Antipho 5.1, Pl.Grg. 517a; evenly,εὐθεῖα γραμμή ἐστιν ἥτις ἐξ ἴ. τοῖς ἐφ' ἑαυτῆς σημείοις κεῖται Euc. 1
Def.4;ἐξ ἴ. καὶ.. S.OC 254
;ὡς.. Id.OT61
; οἱ ἐξ ἴ. persons of equal station, Pl.Lg. 777d, cf. 919d;ὁ ἐξ ἴ. κίνδυνος Plb.9.4.4
;ἐκ τοῦ ἴ. γίγνεσθαί τινι Th.2.3
;τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου ἡμῖν οὖσι X.Hier.8.5
; ; ἐκ τοῦ ἴ. μάχεσθαι to be evenly matched, X.HG2.4.16;ἐξ ἴ. πολεμεῖν D.8.47
; κατὰ μῆνα τὸ αἱροῦν ἐξ ἴ. the sum due in equal monthly instalments, PAmh.2.92.14, etc.; ἐπὶ orἐπ' ἴσης, ἐπὶ ἴ. διαφέρειν τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.1.74
;τοῦτο ἐπ' ἴσης ἔχει Id.7.50
, cf. S.El. 1062(lyr.), etc.;ἐπ' ἴσου Plb.1.18.10
;ἐπ' ἴσον Id.6.38.4
, cf. Docum. ap. D.18.106, Phld.Ir.p.21 W.;ἐπὶ ἶσα μάχη τέτατο Il.12.436
; cf.κατὰ ἶσα μάχην ἐτάνυσσε 11.336
;κατ' ἴσον Dsc.1.68.6
, Gal.UP1.19; μετ' ἴσου equally, Demetr.Lac.Herc.124.12.V [comp] Comp. , Th.8.89, X.HG7.1.14: [comp] Sup. ἰσότατος Timo 68;ἰσαίτατος Ph.1.462
. Adv.ὡς ἰσαίτατα Pl.Lg. 744c
, butὡς ἰσότατα SIG531.30
([place name] Dyme). [[pron. full] ῑ in early [dialect] Ep. (exc. Hes.Op. 752), cf. Sol.24.1: [pron. full] ῐ first in Thgn.678, Sapph.2.1 (but ἶσος Ead.91 s.v.l.), B. 5.46 (butἶσον 1.62
, Fr.2.2), and always in Pi. (exc. in compd. ῑσοδαίμων) and Trag. (A.Fr. 216 is dub. l.) exc. in compd. ῑσό-θεος (q.v.); dub. in ἰς-όνειρος. Both quantities are found in later poetry, sts. in same line,ἔχοισαν ἴσον κάτω, ἶσον ἄνωθεν Theoc.8.19
;πρέσβυν ἴσον κούροις, ἶσον ἁδόντα κόραις APl.4.309
.] -
13 κοινός
A common (opp. ἴδιος), not in Hom. (v. ξυνός) ; ἐκ κοινοῦ shared in common, Hes.Op. 723;ἔσται γὰρ βίος ἐκ κ. Ar.Ec. 610
; of a common altar, Simon.140;τὸ τέμενος εἶναι κ. SIG1044.29
(Halic., iv/iii B.C.);κ. ἔρχεται κῦμ' Ἀΐδα Pi.N.7.30
; τρεῖς.. κ. ὄμμ' ἐκτημέναι, of the Gorgons, A.Pr. 795; κ. ὠφέλημα θνητοῖσιν φανείς, of Prometheus, ib. 613;τὰς γυναῖκας εἶναι κοινάς Pl. R. 457d
: prov.,κοινὸν τύχη A.Fr. 389
, cf. Men.Mon. 356;κοινὰ τὰ τῶν φίλων E.Or. 735
(troch.), Pl.Phdr. 279c, Men.9, etc.; κ. Ἑρμῆς 'share the luck', Id.Epit.67, 100; κ. ἀρωγά common aid (i.e. for all), S.Ph. 1145 (lyr.); ἐν δὲ κοινὸς ἀρσένων ἴτω κλαγγά and let the shouts of males rise jointly, Id.Tr. 207 (lyr.);κ. πόλεμον πολεμεῖν X.Hier.2.8
;τὸν ἀέρα τὸν κ. Men.531.8
;κ. τὸν ᾅδην ἔσχον οἱ πάντες βροτοί Id.538.8
;κ. ἀγαθὸν τοῦτ' ἐστί, χρηστὸς εὐτυχῶν Id.791
: c. dat., κ. τινί common to or with another,ὑμῖν φῶς.. καὶ τοῖσδ' ἅπασι κ. A.Ag. 523
;ὁ δαίμων κ. ἦν ἀμφοῖν ἅμα Id.Th. 812
;θάλατταν κ. ἐᾶν τοῖς ἡττημένοις And.3.19
;οἰκία.. κοινοτάτη ἀεὶ τῷ δεομένῳ Id.1.147
; [πολιτεία] τίς κοινοτάτη; Arist.Pol. 1289b14, cf. 1265b29;κοινόν τι χαρᾷ καὶ λύπῃ δάκρυα X.HG7.1.32
;τὸν ἥλιον τὸν κ. ἡμῖν Men.611
: c. gen.,πάντων αἰθὴρ κ. φάος εἱλίσσων A.Pr. 1092
(anap.), cf. Pers. 132 (lyr.), Eu. 109, Pi.N.1.32; κ. τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τε καὶ Ἀθηναίων shared in by both.., Pl.Mx. 241c, etc.: with Preps., τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσι κ., v. infr. v;κ. κατ' ἀμφοτέρων A.D.Synt.144.19
;οὐ γίγνεταί μοί τι κ. πρός τινα AP11.141
(Lucill.), cf. Iamb.Myst.5.7; μέρος κ. πρός τινα shared with.., CPR22.11 (ii A.D.), etc.;κ. μεταξύ τινων Stud.Pal.1.7
ii 11 (v A.D.).II in social and political relations, public, general, τὸ κ. ἀγαθόν the common weal, Th.5.90;κ. λόγῳ Id.5.37
, Hdt.1.141; κ. στόλῳ ib. 170;ἀδικήματα D.21.45
;ὁ τῆς πόλεως κ. δήμιος Pl.Lg. 872b
; κοινότατον of public or general interest, ib. 724b, cf. Arist.Rh. 1354b29; of constitutions, popular, free,κοινοτέραν εἶναι τὴν ἐκείνου μοναρχίαν τῆς αὑτῶν δημοκρατίας Isoc.10.36
.2 τὸ κ. the state,τὸ κ. Σπαρτιητέων Hdt.1.67
: abs., of one's own state, Ar.Ec. 208, etc.;τὸ κ. ὠφελεῖται Antipho 3.2.3
, cf. X.Cyr.2.2.20;τὰς ὠφελείας ἅπασιν εἰς τὸ κ. ἀπεδίδου Isoc.10.36
.b esp. of leagues or federations,τὸ κ. τῶν Ἰώνων Hdt.5.109
;τῶν συμμάχων Isoc.14.21
;τῶν Βοιωτῶν SIG457.10
(Thespiae, iii B.C.), Plb.20.6.1 (pl.), etc.; ἄνευ τοῦ πάντων κοινοῦ (sc. τῶν Θεσσαλῶν) Th.4.78; also, of private associations, Test.Epict.1.22, SIG 1113 ([place name] Loryma), al.; of guilds or corporations,τὸ κ. τῶν τεκτόνων POxy.53.2
(iv A.D.); of boards of magistrates, τὸ κ. τῶν ἀρχόντων ib.54.12 (iii A.D.).c the government, public authorities, Th.1.90, 2.12, etc.;τὰ κ. Hdt.3.156
;ἀπαγγεῖλαι ἐπὶ τὰ κ. Th.5.37
; ἀπὸ τοῦ κ. by public authority, Hdt.5.85, 8.135; σὺν τῷ κ. by common consent, Id.9.87.d the public treasury,χρημάτων μεγάλων ἐν τῷ κ. γενομένων Id.7.144
;ἐν τῷ κ. καὶ ἐν τοῖς ίεροῖς Th.6.6
, cf. 17;χρήματα δοῦναι ἐκ τοῦ κ. Hdt.9.87
; ἔχειν ἐν κοινῷ (without the Art.), Th.1.80, cf. Sch.adloc.3 τὰ κ. public affairs: πρὸς τὰ κ. προσελθεῖν, προσιέναι, to enter public life, D. 18.257, Aeschin.1.165; but also, the public money, Ar.Pl. 569, D.8.23 (in full,τὰ κ. χρήματα X.HG6.5.34
, Arist.Pol. 1271b11); τὰ κ. τῆς πόλεως, opp. τὰ ἁγνά, BMus.Inscr.4.481*.383; ἀπὸ κοινοῦ at the public expense, X.An.4.7.27, 5.1.12; , cf. Antiph. 230; ἐκ κ. from common funds, at joint expense, PGrenf.1.21.19 (ii B.C.).III common, ordinary,τὰ κ. εἰδέναι Pl.Ax. 366b
;διὰ τῶν κ. ποιεῖσθαι τὰς πίστεις Arist.Rh. 1355a27
; κοινοτάτη τῶν αἰσθήσεων [ἡ ἁφή] Id.EN 1118b1; τὰ κ. commonplaces, Men.Sam.27, Epit. 309; soκ. τόπος Hermog.Prog.6
, Aphth.Prog.7; ἡ κ. ἔννοια or ἐπίνοια, Plb. 2.62.2, 6.5.2; κ. νοῦς, φρένες, common sense, Phld.Rh.1.37 S., 202 S.; κ. καὶ διήκουσαι κακίαι general and all-pervading vices, Id.Sign.28;κ. καὶ δημώδη ὀνόματα Longin.40.2
;κ. καὶ ἐν μέσῳ κείμενα ὀνόματα D.H.Lys.3
; ἡ κ. διάλεκτος every-day language (free from archaisms and far-fetched expressions), Id.Isoc.2;πεφευγὼς τὸ κ. Phld.Acad. Ind.p.53
M.2 Gramm., ordinary, 'regular' Greek, opp. special dialects, διάλεκτοί εἰσι πέντε, Ἀτθὶς Δωρὶς Αἰολὶς Ἰὰς καὶ κ. Sch.D.T. p.14 H., cf. D.S.1.16, Theodos.Can.p.37 H., etc.; ἡ κ. alone, A.D. Conj.223.24; τὸ κ. ἔθος, ἡ κ. ἐκφορά, Id.Adv.155.10, Pron.4.27; οἱ κ. the writers who use this language, Sch.D.T.p.469 H., EM405.23.c ἡ κ. διάλεκτος demotic Egyptian, Manethoap. J.Ap.1.14.4 in magical formulae, of words added at will by the user, ' and so forth', freq.in Pap., PMag.Osl.1.255, PMag.Par.1.273, al.; κοινὰ ὅσα θέλεις ib.2.53;ὁ κ. λόγος PMag.Lond.46.435
; cf. κοινολογία.IV of Persons, connected by common origin or kindred, esp.of brothers and sisters,κ. σπέρμα Pi.O.7.92
, cf.S.OT 261, OC 535 (lyr.);κ. αἷμα Id.Ant. 202
, cf. 1; κ. πατήρ, μήτηρ, PAmh.2.152.9(v/vi A.D.), PFlor.47.11 (iii A.D.); alsoκ. Χάριτες Pi.O.2.50
.2 one who shares in a thing, partner,ἐν θύμασιν κ. ποεῖσθαί τινα S.OT 240
;κ. ἐν κοινοῖσι λυπεῖσθαι Id.Aj. 267
, cf. Ar.V. 917; also κ. τῷ θεῷ belonging in part to the god (who claims tithe of his substance), Berl.Sitzb.1927.161 ([place name] Cyrene).3 lending a ready ear to all, impartial,μὴ οὐ κ. ἀποβῆτε Th.3.53
; neutral, ib.68; ;μέτριος καὶ κ. Arist.Ath.6.3
; κοινοί, οἱ, arbitrators, GDI1832.10 (Delph.);κ. μεσίτης PStrassb.41.14
(iii A.D.); of a capital city, δεῖ.. κοινὴν εἶναι τῶν τόπων ἁπάντων easily accessible on all sides, Arist.Pol. 1327a6.b courteous, affable, X. Cyn.13.9;κ. ἅπασι γενέσθαι Isoc.5.80
;τῇ πρὸς πάντας φιλανθρωπίᾳ κ. Democh.2
J.;ἔχειν τὰς κ. φρένας Phld.Rh.1.202
S.c in bad sense, κοινή, ἡ, prostitute, Vett.Val.119.30, Porph.Hist.Phil.12 (pl.).d of events, κοινότεραι τύχαι more impartial, i.e. more equal, chances, Th.5.102; ἔστιν ἐν τῷ κ. πᾶσι c. inf., And.2.6.V in Logic, general, universal, τὸ κ. λαμβάνειν περί τινων, τὸ ἐπὶ πᾶσι κ., Pl.Tht. 185b, 185c;τὰ κ. λεγόμενα ἀξιώματα Arist.APo. 76b14
; αἱ κ. ἀρχαί ib. 88a36; κ. ἔννοιαι axioms, heading in Euc.; general,κ. ὅρος Arist.Metaph. 987b6
; κοινὰ καὶ στοιχειώδη general principles, Phld.Rh.1.69S.; κ. σημεῖον, opp. ἴδιον, Id.Sign.14; κ. κρίσις objectively valid judgement, Id.Po.5.22;ὄνομα κ. Str.10.2.10
; abstract,ὁ κ. ἄνθρωπος καὶ λογισμῷ ληπτός Dam.Pr. 341
.VI Gramm.,1 κ. συλλαβή common syllable, capable of being long or short, D.T.633.17, Heph. 1.4.b κ. ποιήματα, poems which are both κατὰ στίχον and συστηματικά, e.g. the Sapphic stanza, Id.pp.58,59 C.; also, poems of ambiguous metrical form, Id.p.60 C.2 v.supr.111.2.3 of gender,κ. γένος D.T.634.19
; of nouns, A.D.Pron.30.7, al., EM143.33, 305.19, etc.4 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ λαμβάνειν, of two clauses taking a word in common, A.D.Synt.122.14, al.; κοινὸν or ἐκ κοινοῦ παραλαμβάνεσθαι, ib.20, 28, al.VII of forbidden meats, common, profane,φαγεῖν κ. καὶ ἀκάθαρτον Act.Ap.10.14
, cf. Ep.Rom.14.14;κ. χερσὶ ἐσθίειν Ev.Marc.7.2
.B Adv. κοινῶς in common, jointly, E. Ion 1462;τὰ κοινὰ κ. δεῖ φέρειν συμπτώματα Men.817
: [comp] Comp., ἐν Κρήτῃ -οτέρως [ἔχει τὰ τῶν συσσιτίων] Arist.Pol. 1272a16.3 sociably, like other citizens,οὐδὲ κ. οὐδὲ πολιτικῶς ἐβίωσαν Isoc.4.151
;ἴσως καὶ κ. πρός τινα προσφέρεσθαι Arist.Rh.Al. 1430a1
;κ. καὶ φιλικῶς Plu.Ant.33
; μετρίως καὶ κ. ὰσπάζεσθαι Id.Arat.43.4 in general, Diph.Siph. ap. Ath. 3.81a; ἡ κ. σύνεσις, τὸ κ. ἄνθρωπον", Phld.Vit.p.34J., Mort.38; opp. ἰδίως, Demetr.Lac.Herc.1014.41, Plu.Marc.8, cf. Longin.15.1;κοινότερον εἰπεῖν Phld.Rh.1.256
S.; - οτέρως Orib.Fr.93.6 in plain language, opp. σοφιστικῶς, Plu.2.659f; in the ordinary or wide sense, opp. κυρίως, Them.in APo.5.5: [comp] Comp., M.Ant. 2.10.II fem. dat. [full] κοινῇ; [dialect] Dor. [full] κοινᾷ SIG56.11 (Argos, v B.C.); [dialect] Boeot. [full] κυνῆ ib.635.31 (Acraeph., ii B.C.):—in common, by common consent, Hdt.1.148, 3.79, S.OT 606, OC 1339, E.Hipp. 731, Th.1.3, etc.;κ. πᾶσι καὶ χωρίς Arist.Pol. 1278b23
, cf. Ath.40.3; κ. μετά τινος, κ. σύν τινι, Pl.Smp. 209c, SIG346.27 (iv B.C.), X.Mem.1.6.14, etc.;ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ κ. Alex.291
: also neut.pl..3 as Prep. c. dat., together with, E. Ion 1228, Hel. 829, Fr. 823.III with Preps., εἰς κοινόν in common, in public,ὑμῖν τῇδέ τ' ἐς κ. φράσω A.Pr. 844
;πᾶσιν ἐς κ. λέγω Id.Eu. 408
, cf.Ar.Av. 457 (lyr.), Pl.Lg. 796e;εἰς κ. γνώμην ἀποφαίνεσθαι D.19.156
; εἰς τὸ κ. λέγειν, ἀγορεύειν, Pl.Tht. 165a, X. An.5.6.27; εἰς τὸ κ. for public use, Pl.Lg. 681c.2 ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ἐκ κοινοῦ, v.A.1.1, 11.3, VI.4.3 ἀφεῖσαν ἐν κοινῷ ζητεῖν, Lat. rem in medio reliquerunt, Arist.Metaph. 987b14; but οἱ ἐν κ. γιγνόμενοι λόγοι, = οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λόγοι, Id.de An. 407b29.4 κατὰ κοινόν, opp. κατ' ἰδίαν, jointly, in common, Lexap.D.21.94, Plb.4.3.5; prob. forκατὰ κοινοῦ Id.11.30.3
. -
14 κράτος
κράτος [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. [full] κάρτος, εος, τό, both in Hom.; [dialect] Aeol. [full] κρέτος Alc.25:—A strength, might, in Hom. esp. of bodily strength,ἔπεφνε δόλῳ, οὔ τι κράτεΐ γε Il.7.142
;ἔχει ἥβης ἄνθος, ὅ τε κ. ἐστὶ μέγιστον 13.484
, etc.; τὸ γὰρ αὖτε σιδήρου γε κ. ἐστίν this (i.e. τὸ βάψαι ) is what gives strength to iron, Od.9.393: generally,δικαία γλῶσσ' ἔχει κ. μέγα S.Fr.80
;μηχανῆς ἔστω κ. A.Supp. 207
; κατὰ κράτος with all one's might or strength,πολιορκεῖσθαι Th.1.64
; ;ἐξελέγχεσθαι D.34.20
, etc.: freq. in phrase αἱρεῖν κατὰ κ. take by storm, Th.8.100, Isoc.4.119, etc.; alsoἀνὰ κράτος διώκειν X. Cyr.1.4.23
;ἐλαύνειν Id.An.1.8.1
, etc.;ἀπὸ κράτους D.S.17.34
; πρὸς ἰσχύος κράτος, opp. λόγῳ, S.Ph. 594.II power, τοῦ γὰρ κ. ἐστὶ μέγιστον, of Zeus, Il.2.118, etc.;τοῦ γὰρ κ. ἔστ' ἐνὶ οἴκῳ Od.1.359
, cf. Il.12.214;Ζηνὸς κ. Pi.O.6.96
, cf. A.Pr. 527 (lyr.); ἐκπίπτειν κράτους, of Zeus, ib. 948;τὸ κ. τοῦ θεοῦ LXX Ps.61(62).11
, etc.: pl.,ὑποχείριος κράτεσιν ἀρσένων A.Supp. 393
(lyr.), cf. S.Ant. 485; esp. of political power, rule, sovereignty, l.c.;τὸ κ. περιθεῖναί τινι Hdt.1.129
;ἐς τὸ πλῆθος φέρειν τὸ κ. Id.3.81
; τὸ πᾶν κ. ἔχειν to be all- powerful, Id.7.3;ἀρχὴ καὶ κ. τυραννικόν S.OC 373
; βασιλεὺς πρῶτος ἐν κράτει Ὀδρυσῶν ἐγένετο in real power, Th.2.29; laterτὸ κ. τῶν Ῥωμαίων POxy. 41i2
(iii/iv A. D.): in pl.,κράτη καὶ θρόνους S.Ant. 173
, cf. OT 586, etc.; θρόνων κράτη sovereign power, Id.Ant. 166.2 c. gen., power over,τὸ Περσέων κ. ἔχοντα Hdt.3.69
;τὸ κ. εἶχε τῆς στρατιῆς Id.9.42
;πᾶν κ. ἔχων χθονός A.Supp. 425
(lyr.);τῶν ἄλλων δαιμόνων E.Tr. 949
;δὸς κ. τῶν σῶν δόμων A.Ch. 480
;δωμάτων ἔχειν κ. Ar.Th. 871
;τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης κ. Th.1.143
;μετὰ κράτους τῆς γῆς Id.8.24
; ὧν ἂν ᾖ τὸ κ. τῆς γῆς whoever have possession of the land, Id.4.98;κ. ἔχειν ἑαυτοῦ Pl.Plt. 273a
: pl.,ἀστραπᾶν κράτη νέμων S.OT 201
(lyr.).III mastery, victory, freq. in Hom., Il.1.509, 6.387, Od.21.280;κ. ἄρνυσθαι S.Ph. 838
(lyr.);νίκη καὶ κράτη A.Supp. 951
; ἀέθλων κ. victory in.., Pi.I. 8(7).4;νίκη καὶ κ. τῶν δρωμένων S.El.85
; κ. ἀριστείας the meed of highest valour, Id.Aj. 443;νίκη καὶ κ. πολεμίων Pl.Lg. 962a
;κ. πολέμου καὶ νίκη D.19.130
.IV Medic., in pl., ligaments, Hp.Mul. 2.167.2 = ταρσός, back of the hand, Poll.2.144.V Pythag. name for ten, Theol.Ar.59.—This word and its derivs. take two forms, κρατ- and καρτ-; the latter is mostly [dialect] Ep., as κάρτος, κάρτιστος, καρτύνω, but in κρατερός and καρτερός the reverse holds, v. κρατερός fin.; κρατέω, κρατύς have no form καρτ-. ( κρατ- and καρτ- from kṛt-, weak form of κρετ-, cf. κρέτος, κρέσσων.) -
15 χρεία
χρεία (written [full] χρέα PCair.Zen.25.2, 148 (iii B. C.)), [dialect] Ion. [full] χρείη Call. in PSI11.1216.43, ἡ: ([etym.] χράομαι, κέχρημαι):—A need, want,χρείας ὕπο A.Th. 287
; ἵν' ἕσταμεν χρείας considering in what great need we are, S.OT 1443; χρείᾳ πολεμεῖν to war with necessity, Id.OC 191 (anap.): c. gen., want of.., ;ἐν χρείᾳ τύχης Id.Th. 506
; ἐν χρείᾳ δορός in the need or stress of war, S.Aj. 963;φορβῆς χρείᾳ Id.Ph. 162
(anap.), cf. 1004: ἵππων ἡμῖν χρεία μὲν οὔτε τις πολλῶν οὔτε πολλή [ἐστιν] Pl.Lg. 834b; ἦ μὴν ἔτ' ἐμοῦ χρείαν ἕξει will have need of my help, A.Pr. 170 (anap.), cf. Call.l.c.; ἀφίκοντο εἰς χρείαν τῆς πόλεως came to feel the need of its assistance, Pl.Mx. 244d; ἰατρῶν ἐν χρείαις ἐσόμεθα, ἐν χρείᾳ ἡγεμόνος εἶναι, Pl.R. 373d, 566e;ὅτου σε χ. ἔχει S.Ph. 646
; so τίς χ. σ' ἐμοῦ [ἔχει]; E.Hec. 976, cf.χρεώ 1.2
: χρείαν ἔχω, c. inf., Ev.Matt.3.14 (folld. by ( ίνα, Ev.Jo.2.25); signfs.1.1 and 111 in the same sentence, οὐχ οὕτως χ. ἔχομεν τῆς χ. παρὰ τῶν φίλων ὡς .. Epicur.Sent.Vat.34: prov., χ. διδάσκει, κἂν βραδύς τις ᾖ, σοφόν ' necessity is the mother of invention', E.Fr. 715, cf.El. 376, Men.263: pl., ;αἱ τοῦ σώματος χ. X. Mem.3.12.5
;πρώτη γε καὶ μεγίστη τῶν χ. ἡ τῆς τροφῆς παρασκευή Pl.R. 369d
;αἱ ἀναγκαῖαι χ. D.23.148
, cf. 45.67 (sg.);πολεμικαὶ χ. Arist. Pol. 1328b11
.3 a request of necessity, opp. ἀξίωσις (a claim of merit), Th.1.37, cf. 33: generally, request,τὴν πρίν γε χ. ἠνύσασθ' ἐμοῦ πάρα A.Pr. 700
; κἀγὼ.. τοιάνδε σου χ. ἔχω make such a request of or to thee, Id.Ch. 481.II business, ὡς πρὸς τί χρείας; for what purpose? S.OT 1174, cf. 1435; ;δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν χ. Plb.8.16.11
.b esp. military or naval service, ἡ πολεμικὴ χ. καὶ ἡ εἰρηνική the employments of war and of peace, Arist.Pol. 1254b32; αἱ κατὰ θάλατταν [χ.], ἡ ἐν τῇ γῇ χ., Plb.6.52.1, 31.21.3; οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν χ. Aristeas 110, LXX 1 Ma.12.45;οἱ πρὸς ταῖς χ. Ju.12.10
; (i B. C.); in military sense, action, engagement,αἱ κατὰ μέρος χ. Plb.1.84.7
, al.c generally, business, employment, function, Id.3.45.2, etc.; ἡ ἐγκεχειρισμένη χ. the duty assigned, PTeb.741.11 (ii B. C.);οὓς καταστήσομεν ἐπὶ τῆς χ. ταύτης Act.Ap.6.3
;χ. πολιτικαί Plu.Mar. 32
, etc.d a business, affair, matter, like χρέος, Plb.2.49.9, al.; τὴν ὑπὲρ τούτων χ. the study of these things, Epicur.Ep.1p.29U.e χ. ἀναγκαία need of nature, D.S.4.33;τροφῆς χ. Ph.2.472
.III use,1 as a property, use, advantage, service,χρείης εἵνεκα μηδεμιῆς Thgn.62
;τῆς χ. τοῦ παιδὸς ἀποστερηθῆναι Antipho 3.3.4
;ἡ χ. τῆς ῥητορικῆς Pl.Grg. 480a
;πωλοῦντες τὴν τῆς ἰσχύος χ. Id.R. 371e
; χρείαν ἔχειν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις to be of service to mankind, Id.Smp. 204c; τὰ οὐδὲν εἰς χρείαν things of no use or service, D.Prooem. 56.3; χρείαν ἔχει εἴς τι is of service towards.., Sosip.1.41; for S.OT 725, v. ἐρευνάω 1: pl., χρεῖαι.. φίλων ἀνδρῶν services rendered by them, Pi.N.8.42; χρείας παρέχεσθαι render services, Decr. ap. D.18.84, IG22.654.15, cf. Plb.1.16.8 (sg.); ἵνα σοι τὰς χ. παρέσχωμαι (sic) PCair.Zen. 498 (iii B. C.);μεγάλην παρεῖχε χ. τοῖς κοινοῖς πράγμασιν Plb.3.97.4
; παρέχειν χ. to be serviceable, useful, Aristo Stoic.1.79;ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριακόσια χρειῶν γένη παρέχον δένδρον Plu.2.724e
;χ. ναυτικαί
equipments,Ael.
VH2.10.2 as an action, using, use,κτῆσις καὶ χ. X.Mem.2.4.1
, Pl.R. 451c; ἐν χρείᾳ εἶναι in use, Id.Phd. 87c; κατὰ τὴν χ. for use, Id.R. 330c;πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην χ. X.Mem.4.2.25
; ἡ χ. τῶν λόγων the employment of words, Pl.Sph. 239d, cf. Plt. 272d: pl., λάμπει γὰρ ἐν χρείαισιν ὥσπερ.. χαλκός is made bright by constant use, S.Fr. 864.IV of persons, familiarity, intimacy, τινος with one, Antipho 5.63: generally, any relation of business or intercourse, ;ἡ πρὸς ἀλλήλους χ. Arist.Rh. 1376b13
; [Νικόμαχος] συνεβίω Ἀμυντᾳ.. ἰατροῦ καὶ φίλου χρείᾳ
in the relationship, capacity,D.L.
5.1.V Rhet., pregnant sentence, maxim, freq. illustrated by an anecdote, Sen.Ep.33.7, Hermog.Prog.3, Aphthon,Prog.3, Theon Prog.5, etc.: pl., title of works by Zeno (D.L.6.91), Aristipp., etc.; by Macho, a collection of sayings of courtesans, Ath.13.577d;ἡ τοῦ Κλεομένους χ. Plu.2.218a
; χρεῖαι καὶ ἱστορίαι ib.78f. -
16 ἀπολείπω
A leave over or behind,οὐδ' ἀπέλειπεν ἔγκατα Od.9.292
, cf. Heraclit.56, etc.; D.; bequeath, Test. Epict.2.3, cf. Mosch.3.97; ἀ. κληρονόμον leave as one's heir, POxy. 105.3 (ii A.D.); bequeath to posterity, of writings, D.L.8.58, cf. 7.54.2 leave hold of, lose,ψυχάν Pi.P.3.101
(tm.);βίον S.Ph.
(lyr., tm.); (lyr.): conversely, (lyr.). 3. leave behind in the race, distance: generally, surpass, X.Cyr.8.3.25, Lys.2.4;τινὰ περί τι Isoc.4.50
:—more freq. in [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., v. infr. 4. leave undisputed: hence, admit, Chrysipp.Stoic.3.173, Phld.Piet.17, S.E.M.7.55, D.L.7.54;αἰτίαν νόσων ἀ. τὸ αἷμα MenoIatr.11.43
; [ὁ Διοκλῆς] τὴν φρόνησιν περὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἀ. Herod.
[voice] Med. in Rh.Mus.49.540.5. leave, allow,ὑπερβολὴν οὐδὲ ταῖς ἑταίραις Jul.Or.7.210d
.II desert, abandon, one's post, etc., οὐδ' ἀπολείπουσιν κοῖλον δόμον, of bees, Il.12.169, cf. Hdt.8.41, al.; ἀ. (sc. τὴν πολιορκίην) Id.7.170; τὴν ξυμμαχίαν, τὴν ξυνωμοσίαν, Th.3.9,64; of persons, ; ξεῖνον πατρώϊον ἀ. leave him in the lurch, Thgn.521;ἀπολιπὼν οἴχεται Hdt.3.48
, cf. 5.103, Ar.Ra. 83; of a wife, desert her husband, And.4.14, D.30.4 (not of the husband, Luc.Sol.9); of sailors, desert,τὴν ναῦν D.50.14.2
. c. inf., ἀ. τούτους κακῶς γηράσκειν leave them to grow old, X.Oec. 1.22.3. leave undone or unsaid,ὅσα ἀπέλιπε κτείνων τε καὶ διώκων.. σφέα ἀπετέλεσε Hdt.5.92
.ή; ὕβρεως οὐδ' ὁτιοῦν ἀ. D.54.4
, cf. Pl.R. 420a; omit, συχνὰ ἀπολείπω ib. 509c.III leave open, leave a space,ἀ. μεταίχμιον οὐ μέγα Hdt.6.77
;ἀ. ὡς πλέθρον X.An. 6.5.11
; μικρὸν ἀ. leaving a small interval, Hero Aut.27.1.IV intr., cease, fail, ; opp. γίνεται, Diog.Apoll.7; of rivers, fall, sink, Hdt.2.14,93;ἀ. τὸ ῥέεθρον Id.2.19
;τῆς θαλάττης τὰ μὲν ἀπολειπούσης, τὰ δ' ἐπιούσης Arist.Mete. 353a22
; of swallows,δι' ἔτεος ἐόντες οὐκ ἀπολείπουσι Hdt.2.22
; of youth, begin to decay, X.Smp.8.14; fail, flag, lose heart, Id.Cyr.4.2.3; of the moon, wane, Arist.APo.0.98a33.2 c. gen., to be wanting of or in a thing,προθυμίας οὐδὲν ἀ. Th.8.22
, cf. Pl.R. 533a: freq. of numbers,μηδὲν ἀ. τῶν πέντε κτλ. Id.Lg. 828b
;τῶν εἴκοσιν ὀλίγον ἀ. Arist.HA 573b16
, etc.; ἀπὸ τεσσέρων πηχέων ἀ. τρεῖς δακτύλους wanting three fingers of four cubits, Hdt.1.60, cf. 7.117; : c. inf., ὀλίγον ἀπέλιπον ἐς Ἀθήνας ἀπικέσθαι wanted but little of coming, Hdt.7.9.ά; βραχὺ ἀ. διακόσιαι γενέσθαι Th.7.70
; ;ἡ πόλις μικρὸν ἀπέλιπεν ἔρημος εἶναι Plu. Tim.
I.3 c. part., leave off doing,ἀ. λέγων X.Oec.6.1
: abs., ὅθεν ἀπέλιπες from the point at which.., Pl.Grg. 497c, cf. Phd. 78b, Is.5.12.B [voice] Med. ([tense] aor. ἀπελιπόμην in A.R.1.399 (tm.)), like [voice] Act.1.1, bequeath to posterity, Hdt.2.134 codd.; cf. ἀπολείψεται· ἐάσεται, Hsch.C [voice] Pass., to be left behind, stay behind, Th.7.75 (v. l. for ὑπο-) X. Cyr.1.4.20; ; to be unable to follow an argument, be at a loss, Pl.Tht. 192d.2 to be distanced by, inferior to,ἀ. [ἀπὸ] τῶν ἄλλων θηρίων Diocl.Fr.145
; to be inferior,ἔν τισι Isoc.12.61
.II to be absent or distant from, c. gen.,πολὺ τῆς ἀληθηΐης ἀπολελειμμένοι Hdt.2.106
, cf. Pl.R. 475d; (lyr.): c. gen. pers., X.Mem.4.2.40, Pl.Smp. 192d: abs., E.Or. 80, Pl.Phdr. 240c; to be deprived of,τοῦ σοῦ.. μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι τάφου S.El. 1169
;πατρῴας μὴ ἀ. χθονός E.Med.35
;τῶν πρὶν ἀπολειφθεὶς φρενῶν Id.Or. 216
.2 to be wanting in, fall short of,ὅτι τοῦ σκώπτειν ἀπελείφθη Ar.Eq. 525
; τοῖς ἀπολειφθεῖσι (sc.τῆς παιδείας D.18.128
, cf. Isoc.12.209; ἀπολειφθεὶς ἠμῶν without our cognizance, D.19.36; to be left in ignorance of..,Id.
27.2; καιροῦ ἀ. miss the opportunity, Id.34.38, cf. Isoc.3.19; θεάματος, ἑορτῆς ἀ., Luc.DMar.15.1, Sacr.1;εἰσβολῆς Isoc.14.31
.3 remain to be done, Plb.3.39.12: impers., ἀπολείπεται λέγειν, διδάσκειν, D.L.7.85, S.E.M.7.1.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀπολείπω
-
17 ὑπάρχω
A- ξω Hdt.6.109
, S.Ant. 932 (anap.): [tense] aor. ὑπῆρξα (v. infr. 1):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ὑπαρχθήσομαι PTeb.418.7
(iii A. D.): [tense] pf. ὕπηργμαι, [dialect] Ion.- αργμαι Hdt.7.11
:—begin, take the initiative:—Constr.:1 abs., Od.24.286, E.Ph. 1223;ὑπάρχων ἠδίκεις αὐτούς Isoc.16.44
; ὁ ὑπάρξας the beginner (in a quarrel), D.59.15, cf. 1;ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ὑπάρξαντας Lys.24.18
;ἀμυνομένους, μὴ ὑπάρχοντας Pl.Grg. 456e
;ὡς οὐχ ὑπάρχων ἀλλὰ τιμωρούμενος Men.358
:—[voice] Med., Pl.Ti. 41c, Ael. NA12.41, etc.2 c. gen., take the initiative in, begin, ἀδίκων ἔργων, ἀδικίης, Hdt.1.5, 4.1, cf. Th.2.74, etc.;ὑ. τῆς ἐλευθερίας τῇ Ἑλλάδι And.1.142
, cf. Pl.Mx. 237b.3 c. part., take the initiative in doing,ἐμὲ ὑπῆρξαν ἄδικα ποιεῦντες Hdt.7.8
.β, cf. 6.133, 9.78; ὑπάρχει εὖ (or κακῶς)ποιῶν τινα X.An.2.3.23
, 5.5.9; τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἀμύνεσθαι οἷσπερ καὶ οἱ Λκεδαιμόνιοι ὑπῆρξαν retaliating by the means which the L. had used first, Th.2.67 (where οἷσπερ is expld. by the following ἀποκτείναντες and ἐσβαλόντες).b in [voice] Med. c. inf., Ael.NA14.11: c. gen., βαδίσεως -ονται ib.4.34; ἡλίου -ομένου τῆς ἀκμῆς ib.1.20.4 c. acc., ὑ. εὐεργεσίας εἴς τινα or τινι take the initiative in [doing] kindnesses to one, D.19.280, Aeschin.2.26; ὑ. τοῦτο (sc. τὸ εὐνοεῖν) Men.927:—[voice] Pass.,ὑπηρεσίαι ὑπηργμέναι εἰς Φίλιππον αὑτῷ Aeschin. 2.109
;τὰ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν ὑπηργμένα D.1.10
; τὰ ἔκ τινος ὑπαργμένα ([dialect] Ion. for ὑπηργ-) Hdt.7.11;ὑπηργμένων πολλῶν κἀγαθῶν Ar. Lys. 1159
; ;ἀνάξια τῶν εἰς ὑμᾶς ὑπηργμένων Lys.21.25
; ἄξιον τῶν ὑ. equivalent to what was done for him, Arist.EN 1163b21: impers., ὑπῆρκτο αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ Πειραιέως) a beginning of it had been made, Th.1.93.B in [voice] Act. only, to be the begining, (anap.); πολλῶν κακῶν, μεγάλων ἀχέων, E.Ph. 1582 (v. l.), Andr. 274 (lyr.), cf. HF 1169.2 to be already in existence, (troch.); was already there,Pi.
P.4.205; αὗται αἱ νέες τοῖσι Ἀθηναίοισι ὑπῆρχον already existed, opp. to those they were about to build, Hdt.7.144; εἰ τοίνυν σφι χώρη γε μηδεμία ὑπῆρχε if they had no country originally existing, Id.2.15; χωρὶς δὲ τούτων οἱ χίλιοι ὑπῆρχον the original thousand existed, X.Cyr.1.5.5; (lyr.);ὑπαρχούσης μὲν τιμῆς, παρούσης δὲ δυνάμεως X.Ages.8.1
;τοῦτο δεῖ προσεῖναι, τὰ δ' ἄλλ' ὑπάρχει D.3.15
, cf. 8.53;ταὐτὰ ὑ. αὐτῷ ἅπερ ἐμοί Antipho 5.60
, cf. Lys.12.23; ὑμῖν.. ἐλευθερίαν τε ὑπάρχειν καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων ξυμμάχοις κεκλῆσθαι there is in store for you.., Th.5.9: c. gen., οἶκος δ' ὑ. τῶνδε.. ἔχειν there is store of these things for us to have, A.Ag. 961 (s. v. l., οἴκοις Pors.): freq. in part., ἡ ὑπάρχουσα οὐσία the existing property, Isoc.1.28;τὰ ὑ. ἁμαρτήματα Th.2.92
; τῆς ὑ. τιμῆς for the current price, Syngr. ap. D.35.12; οἱ ὑ. πολῖται the existing citizens, Id.18.295; τῆς φύσεως ὑ. nature being what it is, X.Cyr.6.4.4; also κρησφύγετόν τι ὑπάρχον εἶναι that there should be a refuge ready prepared, Hdt.5.124.3 exist really, opp. φαίνομαι, Arist.Cael. 297b22, Metaph. 1046b10; ;καταληπτικὴ φαντασία ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπάρχοντος Stoic.2.25
.4 simply, be, (anap.);ὅθεν εὐμάρει' ὑπάρχοι πόρου Id.Ph. 704
(lyr.): and with a predicate, ;τὸ χωρίον καρτερὸν ὑ. Th.4.4
; φύσεως ἀγαθῆς ὑπάρξαι to be of a good natural disposition, X.Oec.21.11;κἂν σοφὸς ὑπάρχῃ Philem.102
; μέγα ὑ. τοῖς τοιούτοις λόγοις ις of great advantage to them, D.3.19; πολλῶν ὑπάρξει κῦρος ἡμέρα καλῶν, = κυρώσει πολλὰ καλά, S.El. 919.b τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, much like τὰ ὑπηργμένα (A. 4 [voice] Pass.), a man's record,ἀνάξιον τῶν ὑ. τῇ πόλει καὶ πεπραγμένων τοῖς προγόνοις D.8.49
; τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ὑ. your past record, Id.18.95; ἡ ὑπάρχουσα αἰσχύνη the disgrace which has been incurred, Id.19.217;τὰ ὑπάρχοντα [αὑτῷ] ἐγκλήματα Aeschin.1.179
.5 sts. with a part., much like τυγχάνω, τοιαῦτα [αὐτῷ] ὑπῆρχε ἐὀντα Hdt.1.192;ἐχθρὸς ὑ. ὤν D.21.38
;ὑ. δύναμιν κεκτημένοι Id.3.7
, cf. 15.1.6 προγόνων ὑ. τῶν ἐξ Ἰλίου to be the descendant of.., D.H.2.65.II like ὑπόκειμαι 11.2, to be laid down, to be taken for granted, Pl.Smp. 198d; τούτου ὑπάρχοντος, τούτων ὑπαρχόντων, this being granted, Id.Ti. 30c, 29b;θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον Id.R. 458a
.III belong to, fall to one, accrue, ὑπάρξει τοι.. τὰ ἐναντία you will have, Hdt.6.109, etc.;τὸ μισεῖσθαι πᾶσιν ὑ. Th.2.64
; τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἀπ' ἀλλήλων ἀμφοτέροις [σωτηρίαν] Id.6.86; ἡ ὑπάρχουσα φύσις your proper nature, its normal condition, Id.2.45; τῇ τέχνῃ ὑπάρχειν διδούς assigning as a property of art, Pl.Phlb. 58c, cf. Tht. 150b, 150c.2 of persons, ὑ. τινί to be devoted to one, X.An.1.1.4, HG7.5.5, D.19.54, etc.; καθ' ὑμῶν ὑπάρξων ἐκείνῳ he will be on his side against you, ib.118, cf. 2.14.b ἐν παντὶ.. πᾶς χωρίῳ, καὶ ᾧ μὴ ὑπάρχομεν every one in every place, even outside our sphere of influence (lit. to which we do not belong), Th.6.87.3 in the Logic of Arist. ὑπάρχειν denotes the subsistence of qualities in a subject, Metaph.1025a14; ὑ. τινί, = κατηγορεῖσθαί τινος, APr. 25a13, al.; ὑ. κατά τινος ib. 24a27, Int. 16b13; ἐπί τινος ib. 16a32;ὑ. τινὶ ζῴῳ πεζῷ δίποδι εἶναι Top. 109a14
; ὑπάρξει τι [τῷ πρώτῳ] it will have predicates, Plot.5.6.2;ἡ γένεσις τῷ χρόνῳ.. ὑπάρχει Dam.Pr. 142
.IV freq. in neut. pl. part., τὰ ὑπάρχοντα,1 in signf. 1, existing circumstances, presentadvantages, Democr. 191, D.2.2;ἀπὸ τῶν αἰεὶ ὑ. σφαλέντες Th.4.18
, cf. 6.33; πρὸς τὰ ὑ. ib.31;ἐκ τῶν ὑ.
under the circumstances, according to one's means,X.
An.6.4.9, Arist.Pol. 1288b33;ὡς ἐκ τῶν ὑ. Th.7.76
, 8.1.2 in signf. 111, possessions, resources, Id.1.70, 144, etc.; τὰ ἑκατέροις ὑ. ib. 141;κινδυνεύειν περὶ τῶν ὑ. Isoc.3.57
: as a Subst.,τὰ ὑ. αὐτοῦ Ev.Matt. 24.47
, cf. LXXGe.12.5; ὑποθέμενος τὰ ὑ. καὶ ὑπάρξοντα present and future resources, POxy.125.22 (vi A.D.), etc.3 Math., ὑπάρχοντα εἴδη positive terms, Dioph.1Def.10.V impers., ὑπάρχει the fact is that.., c. acc. et inf.,ὑ. γάρ σε μὴ γνῶναί τινα S.El. 1340
; ὡς ὑ. τοῦ ἔχειν .. as the case stands with regard to having, Arist.HA 516b25; περὶ τοὺς μαστοὺς ὑπεναντίως ὑ. ib. 500a14.2 it is allowed, it is possible, c. dat. et inf.,ὑ. ἡμῖν ἐπικρατεῖν Th.7.63
, cf. And.2.19, etc.;ὑ. αὐτῇ εὐδαίμονι εἶναι Pl.Phd. 81a
, cf. Prt. 345a, Phdr. 240b, etc.: also without a dat.,οὐχ ὑ. εἰδέναι Th.1.82
;ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι μητέρα Is.7.25
, etc.: abs., ὥσπερ ὑπῆρχε as well as was possible, Th.3.109.3 in neut. part., ὑπάρχον ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν since it is allowed you to.., Th. 1.124, cf. Pl.Smp. 217a. -
18 διάφορος
διάφορ-ος, ον,A different, unlike, Hdt.2.83, 4.81, Pl.Lg. 964a, etc.;παρά τι Iamb. Myst.3.30
: c. gen., differing from, Pl.Phlb. 61d, etc.b several, various,κατὰ τὰς δ. ὕλας Phld.Sign.24
;δ. πρόσωπα POxy.1033.88
(iv A.D.), cf. Ep.Hebr.9.13.c ambiguous, Hsch.2 differing or disagreeing with another,πολλοῖς δ. εἰμι E.Med. 579
; esp. in hostile sense, at variance with,Κλεομένεϊ Hdt.5.75
;τοῖς οἰκείοις Lys.14.44
; ἀλλήλοις, ἑαυτοῖς, Pl.Prt. 337b, Lg. 679b;ἀνώμαλος καὶ δ. πρὸς ἑαυτόν Plu.Sull.6
: c. gen., δ. τινος one's adversary, D.29.15, cf. Antiph.209.1, Philem.162.3 excellent, distinguished, remarkable, Antiph.175.3;δ. γλυκύτητι D.S.2.57
;πρὸς ἀρετήν Plu.Cleom.16
: [comp] Comp.,ὄνομα Ep.Hebr.1.4
.4 making a difference to one,a in good sense, advantageous, profitable, important,δ. ἑτέρου μᾶλλον Th.4.3
;πρὸς σωτηρίαν Pl.Lg. 779b
.b rarely in bad sense, disagreeable, γείτονα γείτονι μηδὲν ποιεῖν δ. ib. 843c.II as Subst., διάφορον, τό,1 difference,σμικρόν τι τὸ δ. εὕροι τις ἄν Hdt.2.7
; διάφορα πολλὰ θεῶν βροτοῖσιν εἰσορῶ I see many differences between gods and men, E.Supp. 612 (lyr.); μέγα τὸ δ. ἐστι (v.l. διαφέρον) Hp.Art.14;ἆρα μικρὰ τὰ δ. ἑκατέροις τῆς οὑσίας; Is.11.47
; .2 what concerns one, τῶν ἡμῖν ἐς τὰ μέγιστα διαφόρων matters of the greatest concern to us, Th.4.87;τηλικούτων ὄντων αὐτῷ τῶν δ. D.19.68
, cf. Arist.Oec. 1352b2.3 difference, disagreement, ἕνεκα τῶν αὐτοῖς ἰδίᾳ δ. on account of their private differences, Th.1.68, cf. 2.37; τὸ Ἀθηναίων δ. difference with the A., Id.2.27.4 in reference to money-matters, difference, balance, Hyp.Eux.17, cf. Epict.Ench.25.4; expenditure, Arist.VV 1251b10;ἡμικρολογία ἐστὶ φειδωλία τοῦ δ. Thphr.Char.10.1
: in pl., expenses, D.32.18, IG5(1).1390.45 (Andania, i B.C.); losses, OGI90.30 (ii B.C.), WilckenChr.11 B8 (ii B.C.).b ready money, cash,χρείας γενομένης ἀναγκαίας τῷ δήμῳ διαφόρου IG12(7).388.7
([place name] Amorgos); sum of money, PSI4.330.8 (iii B.C.), UPZ3.7 (ii B.C.), Plb.4.18.8, IG12(5).653.56 (Syros, i B.C.), etc.: pl., Plb.31.27.13, CIG 2695 ([place name] Iasus); interest,ἐπὶ διαφόρῳ ἡμιολίας POxy.1040.8
(iii A.D.); price, Luc.Herm.81, D.L.6.9.III Adv. - ρως with a difference,τοῖς παροῦσιν ἤθεσι δ. πολιτεύειν Th.6.18
, cf. Pl. Ion 531b: c. gen.,δ. τῶν λοιπῶν δένδρων Gp.10.37.1
; in a variety of ways, Phld.D.3.9: [comp] Comp.- ώτερον Id.Mus.p.109K.
3 pre-eminently,πρᾶος καὶ φιλάνθρωπος τῶν ἄλλων δ. ὤν Id.24.196
, cf. J.BJ2.8.9 ([comp] Sup.);δ. συναρέσκει Men.Epit. 333
, cf. Pk.72; excellently, with distinction, ἀγωνίσασθαι Sosyl.p.30B.;δ. ἀπειργασμένος Plb.13.7.2
: [comp] Comp.- ώτερον Hsch.
Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > διάφορος
-
19 δραπετεύω
A run away, X.Mem.2.1.16; τινά from one, Pl.Smp. 216b;παρά τινος Luc.Somn.12
; δραπετεύσουσι ὑπὸ ταῖς ἀσπίσιν will skulk behind.., X.HG2.4.16;δραπετεύοντα πολεμεῖν Id.Ages.1.23
: metaph., shirk public service, D.42.25; [αἱ δόξαι] δ. ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς Pl.Men. 98a
;ἐκ τοῦ βίου Luc.Peregr.21
;ἐκ φιλοσοφίας Plu.2.46e
; slip away, εἰς τὸ βάθος, of fluids, Paul.Aeg.6.3.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δραπετεύω
-
20 συνεχής
συνεχής, ές,I of Space, continuous, Parm. 8.6,25, Arist.Metaph. 1069a5, Ph. 200b18, al.; of quantity, opp. διωρισμένος, Id.Cat. 4b20;σ. νῶτον Pl.R. 616e
; συνεχὲς ποικίλον a continuity of variety, Id.Phd. 110d;σ. οἰκήματα Th.3.21
.b c. dat., continuous with or contiguous to, in a line with, Hdt.4.22, E.Hipp. 226 (anap.), Arist.Mete. 339a22, Mu. 392a23, etc.: less freq. c. gen., ib. 393a29 (s. v.l.);τομαὶ σ. ἀπὸ μιᾶς μέχρι τῶν δέκα Pl.Lg. 738a
: abs.,σ. ἦσαν Κίλικες Plb.30.25.4
, cf. Str.11.6.2.2 of words, etc.,ξ. ῥῆσις Th.5.85
;πᾶς ὁ σ. λόγος Plb.1.5.5
; τούτῳ συνάπτοντες τὸ ς. Id.3.3.2; τὸ ς. connexion of letters, Plu.Lys.19: c. dat.,λόγος σ. τῷ νυνδὴ γενόμενος Pl.Ep. 318e
;σκέψις σ. τοῖς πρότερον Thphr.CP 6.3.3
.3 Math., of proportions, σ. ἀναλογία continued proportion (opp. διῃρημένη), i.e. three terms in geometrical progression, Arist.EN 1131a33, Archim.Aequil.2.9;κατὰ τὸ σ. ἀνάλογον Id.Sph. Cyl.2.5
, etc.b successive, of integers as terms in a series, Theol.Ar.54; of middle terms in argument, Arist.APo. 87b6.4 of things, continuous, conjoined, Id.HA 509b13, etc.; folld. by a Prep., σ. πρός τι ib. 495b20; of substance, clinging, dense,τὸ γλίσχρασμα [τῆς πτισάνης] λεῖον καὶ ς... ἐστι Hp.Acut.10
, cf. Gal. 6.822; ἀήρ, ἔλαιον, Plu.2.396a,696b; τὸ πυκνὸν καὶ ς. ib.701f; [γάλα] λεῖον καὶ ὁμαλὸν καὶ σ. ἑαυτῷ Sor.1.91
.II of Time, continuous, unintermitting, σ. πυρετός, opp. διαλείπων, Hp.Aph.3.21; sts. distd. from σύνοχος πυρετός, Anon. ap. Gal.17(1).220;σ. καύματα καὶ πυρετούς Pl. Ti. 86a
; [ θερμότης] Thphr.Ign.33;κίνησις Id.Lass.15
;πόνος -έστερος Th.7.81
; πόλεμος διὰ βίου ς. Pl.Lg. 625e; συνουσία, βασιλεία, X.Smp.8.18 ([comp] Comp.), Ages.1.4;πότοι Men.914
, cf. Sophil. 3;σ. κακοπαθίαι OGI244.12
(Daphne, ii B.C.); σ. γίνεσθαι, πνεῖν, of winds, Arist.Mete. 362a11,26, Thphr.Vent.1;τὸ ἀκρίτως ξ. τῆς ἁμίλλης Th.7.71
; τὸ σ. ἔργου (prob. for ἔργον) Anaxandr.63; τοῦ δήμου τὸ ς. continuous intercourse with.., Plu.Per.7; κατὰ τὸ ς. continuously, Plb. 2.2.7; consecutively, in what follows, Gal.15.116; ἐκ τούτου κατὰ τὸ ς. immediately after that, ib.902.2 frequent, τῶν ὀρνίθων ἥκιστα σ. καὶ συνήθης [ὁ γύψ] Plu.2.286a;λουτροῖς συνεχέσι χρῆσθαι Sor.1.65
; χάσμη ς. ib.24; - εστέρα ἔστω ἡ ἐκμύζησις ib.97.III of persons, constant, persevering, X.Oec.21.9;ἐν ταῖς.. πρὸς τὰ πάθη διαμάχαις Plu.2.74c
; cf. Poll.4.20, 6.147.I mostly of Time, continually, continuously, unremittingly, Hes.Th. 636, Hdt. 7.16.γ, E.IA 1008, IG12.57.54, etc.;ξ. πολεμεῖν Th.2.1
, cf. 1.11, 5.24, Antipho 6.44;συνεχέως αἰεί Hdt.1.67
, cf. Pl.Lg. 706a; ἀεὶ ς. ib. 807e; οἱ σ. ἐτῶν οὐκ ὀλίγων ἐφεξῆς γενόμενοι (v.l. γιν-)λιμοί Gal.6.749
: [comp] Comp.- έστερον A.D.Pron.65.17
: [comp] Sup.- έστατα X.Mem.4.2.6
.b without leaving an interval, immediately,ἐπίθυε.., καὶ λέγε τὸν λόγον συνεχῶς τὸν τῆς ἐπικλήσεως PMag.Par.1.1865
, cf. BGU451.15 (i/ii A.D.), PFlor.332.18 (ii A.D.);δίδοται πρὸς τὰ θανάσιμα σ. πινόμενον καὶ ἐξεμούμενον Dsc.1.30
; βδέλλας καύσας καὶ λεάνας χρῶ σ. προεκτίλας (sc. superfluous eyelashes) Aët.7.69.c at frequent intervals,ἵνα μὴ σ. λούηται τὸ βρέφος Sor.1.99
; μελίκρατον σ. ἐνστάζομεν ib. 123; τὰ βρέφη -έστερον ἐξερᾷ [τὸ γάλα].. ναυτιῶντα ib. 109;ποτίζων -έστερον ἐκ διαστημάτων Gp.10.18.5
; - έστερον, = saepius, Gloss.; - έστατα, = saepissime, ib.2 freq. with Numbers, in succession, consecutively, ὁρμαθοὺς μελῶν ἐφεξῆς τέτταρας ξ. Ar.Ra. 915; ἡμέρας ἑβδομήκοντα ξ. Th.2.75; μῆνας ὀκτὼ ς. Ephipp.5.15 (anap.); similarly, οὐ σ. ἐφεξῆς ἐν τάξει πεποιημένος [τὸν λόγον] Gal.15.496.3 rarely of Space,σ. εἶναι πᾶσαν οἰκουμένην Arist.Mete. 362b29
;σ. μέχρι.. Plb.2.14.6
.II συνεχές as Adv. freq. in [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.26; strengthd., σ. αἰεί unceasing ever, Od.9.74; also in Pi. I.4(3).65(83), Ar.Eq.21, and freq. in later [dialect] Ep., Arat.20, Call.Ap.60, etc.; also in later Prose, Luc.Somn.4, D.L.2.32, al. [σῡνεχές Hom.
ll. cc. andσῡνεχέως Hes.
l. c., B.5.113, metri gr.; also Theoc.20.12, A.R.1.1271.]Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συνεχής
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
εκ — και (πριν από φωνήεν) εξ και (σε σύνθεση) ξε (AM ἐκ, ἐξ) πρόθεση που συντάσσεται με γενική και ισοδυναμεί με την από + αιτιατική ο πλήρης τύπος τής πρόθεσης είναι εκ(ς), το ς μεταξύ δύο φωνηέντων αποβάλλεται σε σύνθεση και πριν από τα γράμματα β … Dictionary of Greek
Tratados entre Roma y Cartago — Relieve de una corbita romana encontrado en las ruinas de Cartago. La disputa en el control del comercio marítimo entre ambas naciones llevó a que se ensayaran, en diversos acuerdos, repartos de áreas de influencia en el Mediterráneo. Los… … Wikipedia Español
μάχομαι — (ΑM μάχομαι) 1. διεξάγω ή συνάπτω μάχη, κάνω πόλεμο, πολεμώ 2. καταβάλλω έντονες προσπάθειες για να φέρω κάτι σε πέρας, πασχίζω να πετύχω κάτι, αγωνίζομαι με όλες μου τις δυνάμεις να πραγματοποιήσω τους σκοπούς μου, καταβάλλω μεγάλους κόπους ώστε … Dictionary of Greek
πλήθος — το / πλῆθος, ΝΜΑ, και βοιωτ. τ. πλεῑθος και δωρ. και αιολ. τ. πλᾱθος, Α 1. μεγάλος αριθμός ανθρώπων, ζώων ή ομοειδών πραγμάτων συγκεντρωμένων στο ίδιο μέρος (α. «πλήθος πουλιών» β. «τα πλήθη τών τουριστών» γ. «η βόμβα εξερράγη ανάμεσα στο… … Dictionary of Greek
υπάρχω — ὑπάρχω ΝΜΑ [ἄρχω] 1. έχω ύπαρξη, έχω υπόσταση, ζω, υφίσταμαι (α. «υπάρχει δικαιοσύνη» β. «σκέπτομαι, άρα υπάρχω» γ. «μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος», ΚΔ δ. «τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας... πολίτας ἐξαπατῶντες», Δημοσθ.) 2. (ως συνδετικό, στη νεοελλ. μόνον στον αόρ … Dictionary of Greek
μαλακός — (4ος αι. π.Χ.). Ιστορικός ο οποίος, σύμφωνα με τον Αθήναιο, έγραψε το έργο Σιφνίων Ώροι, την ιστορία δηλαδή της Σίφνου, το οποίο δεν διασώθηκε. * * * ή, ό, θηλ. και ιά (AM μαλακός, ή, όν) 1. απαλός στην αφή, αυτός που υποχωρεί σε πίεση, σε… … Dictionary of Greek